units
faculty-pg-med
Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
This unit entry is for students who completed this unit in 2013 only. For students planning to study the unit, please refer to the unit indexes in the the current edition of the Handbook. If you have any queries contact the managing faculty for your course or area of study.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Full year 2013 (Day) Clayton Full year 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
This unit comprises a major research program including submission of a thesis. The thesis should embody the results of the candidate's investigation, which demonstrates independence of thought and the candidate's ability to carry out research in that discipline. Minor coursework such as a literature review and oral presentation is specified by the enrolling department.
On completion of the unit, students will be able to understand the processes involved in the design, development and implementation of a research project; show communication skills in both oral and written presentations to both a specialist and non-specialist audience; have demonstrated the potential to pursue higher studies and learning in the relevant area of study.
Minor thesis, literature review and allied work. Assessment will be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Full year 2013 (Day) Clayton Full year 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
This unit comprises a major research program including submission of a thesis. The thesis should embody the results of the candidate's investigation, which demonstrates independence of thought and the candidate's ability to carry out research in that discipline. Minor coursework such as a literature review and oral presentation is specified by the enrolling department.
On completion of the unit, students will be able to understand the processes involved in the design, development and implementation of a research project; show communication skills in both oral and written presentations to both a specialist and non-specialist audience; have demonstrated the potential to pursue higher studies and learning in the relevant area of study.
Minor thesis, literature review and allied work. Assessment will be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Full year 2013 (Day) Clayton Full year 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Students will undertake honours level coursework in their relevant discipline, to be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
On completion of the unit, students will have demonstrated a high-level of understanding of the key theoretical and practical aspects of their area of study, including to have gained insight into the specific discipline and its place within the broader scope of health sciences; have acquired knowledge, skills and attitudes appropriate to their area of study; and have demonstrated the potential to pursue higher studies and learning in their area of study. The specific learning outcomes will be in accordance with the objectives of the specific discipline.
Consistent with the honours coursework assessment of the discipline. To be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Full year 2013 (Day) Clayton Full year 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Students will undertake honours level coursework in their relevant discipline, to be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
On completion of the unit, students will have demonstrated a high-level of understanding of the key theoretical and practical aspects of their area of study, including to have gained insight into the specific discipline and its place within the broader scope of health sciences; have acquired knowledge, skills and attitudes appropriate to their area of study; and have demonstrated the potential to pursue higher studies and learning in their area of study. The specific learning outcomes will be in accordance with the objectives of the specific discipline.
Consistent with the honours coursework assessment of the discipline. To be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Nutrition and Dietetics |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | Janeane Dart |
Dietetic skills and competencies developed in this unit include nutrition assessment skills, nutrition counselling and intervention (of individuals), application of the nutrition care process, the use of food as a therapeutic tool, clinical reasoning, reflection and advanced communication and interpersonal skills required for dietetic practice. Elements covered in this unit include: counselling theory and skill development, nutrition screening and assessment, application of anthropometry, clinical chemistry and biochemical result interpretation, interpreting personal, social, clinical and dietary data, qualitative and quantitative dietary analysis, interpretation, nutrition interventions and exploring the Dietitian's role in health care teams, and evidence based practice. A range of simulation modes will be used in this unit.
At the completion of the unit students will be able to:
Objective Structured Clinical Examination (OSCE): 40%*
Mini Portfolio: 40%
Assignment: Evidence Based Resource: 20%
Passing the OSCE is a hurdle requirement to pass this unit and all assessment tasks must be completed to a pass grade standard to complete this unit
3 days (x 6 hours per day ) over 10 weeks - a combination of lectures, workshops, practical activities and simulated learning experiences
Students will also be expected to undertake self-directed study related to the unit content and complete assessment tasks as defined
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Nutrition and Dietetics |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Claire Palermo |
Public health nutrition addresses the prevention and management of diseases at a population level. This unit will cover the theoretical underpinnings of public health, health promotion and health education and focus on strategies that address the major nutrition related diseases and issues affecting the Australian population. The theories of program planning will be used to inform the basis of planning, implementing and evaluating public health nutrition interventions across a continuum of strategies and these strategies critiqued using the literature and policy analysis and evaluative frameworks.
Assignments 60%; Exam 40%
1 week intensive plus 1x 3 hour classroom sessions for 10 weeks of semester
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Full year 2013 (Day) Clayton Full year 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
This unit comprises a major research program including submission of a thesis. The thesis should embody the results of the candidate's investigation, which demonstrates independence of thought and the candidate's ability to carry out research in that discipline. Minor coursework such as a literature review and oral presentation is specified by the enrolling department.
On completion of the unit, students will be able to understand the processes involved in the design, development and implementation of a research project; show communication skills in both oral and written presentations to both a specialist and non-specialist audience; have demonstrated the potential to pursue higher studies and learning in the relevant area of study.
Minor thesis, literature review and allied work. Assessment will be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Full year 2013 (Day) Clayton Full year 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
This unit comprises a major research program including submission of a thesis. The thesis should embody the results of the candidate's investigation, which demonstrates independence of thought and the candidate's ability to carry out research in that discipline. Minor coursework such as a literature review and oral presentation is specified by the enrolling department.
On completion of the unit, students will be able to understand the processes involved in the design, development and implementation of a research project; show communication skills in both oral and written presentations to both a specialist and non-specialist audience; have demonstrated the potential to pursue higher studies and learning in the relevant area of study.
Minor thesis, literature review and allied work. Assessment will be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Full year 2013 (Day) Clayton Full year 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Students will undertake honours level coursework in their relevant discipline, to be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
On completion of the unit, students will have demonstrated a high-level of understanding of the key theoretical and practical aspects of their area of study, including to have gained insight into the specific discipline and its place within the broader scope of health sciences; have acquired knowledge, skills and attitudes appropriate to their area of study; and have demonstrated the potential to pursue higher studies and learning in their area of study. The specific learning outcomes will be in accordance with the objectives of the specific discipline.
Consistent with the honours coursework assessment of the discipline. To be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Full year 2013 (Day) Clayton Full year 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Students will undertake honours level coursework in their relevant discipline, to be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
On completion of the unit, students will have demonstrated a high-level of understanding of the key theoretical and practical aspects of their area of study, including to have gained insight into the specific discipline and its place within the broader scope of health sciences; have acquired knowledge, skills and attitudes appropriate to their area of study; and have demonstrated the potential to pursue higher studies and learning in their area of study. The specific learning outcomes will be in accordance with the objectives of the specific discipline.
Consistent with the honours coursework assessment of the discipline. To be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Full year 2013 (Day) Clayton Full year 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
This unit comprises a major research program including submission of a thesis. The thesis should embody the results of the candidate's investigation, which demonstrates independence of thought and the candidate's ability to carry out research in that discipline. Minor coursework such as a literature review and oral presentation is specified by the enrolling department.
On completion of the unit, students will be able to understand the processes involved in the design, development and implementation of a research project; show communication skills in both oral and written presentations to both a specialist and non-specialist audience; have demonstrated the potential to pursue higher studies and learning in the relevant area of study.
Minor thesis, literature review and allied work. Assessment will be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Full year 2013 (Day) Clayton Full year 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
This unit comprises a major research program including submission of a thesis. The thesis should embody the results of the candidate's investigation, which demonstrates independence of thought and the candidate's ability to carry out research in that discipline. Minor coursework such as a literature review and oral presentation is specified by the enrolling department.
On completion of the unit, students will be able to understand the processes involved in the design, development and implementation of a research project; show communication skills in both oral and written presentations to both a specialist and non-specialist audience; have demonstrated the potential to pursue higher studies and learning in the relevant area of study.
Minor thesis, literature review and allied work. Assessment will be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Full year 2013 (Day) Clayton Full year 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Students will undertake honours level coursework in their relevant discipline, to be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
On completion of the unit, students will have demonstrated a high-level of understanding of the key theoretical and practical aspects of their area of study, including to have gained insight into the specific discipline and its place within the broader scope of health sciences; have acquired knowledge, skills and attitudes appropriate to their area of study; and have demonstrated the potential to pursue higher studies and learning in their area of study. The specific learning outcomes will be in accordance with the objectives of the specific discipline.
Consistent with the honours coursework assessment of the discipline. To be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Full year 2013 (Day) Clayton Full year 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Students will undertake honours level coursework in their relevant discipline, to be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
On completion of the unit, students will have demonstrated a high-level of understanding of the key theoretical and practical aspects of their area of study, including to have gained insight into the specific discipline and its place within the broader scope of health sciences; have acquired knowledge, skills and attitudes appropriate to their area of study; and have demonstrated the potential to pursue higher studies and learning in their area of study. The specific learning outcomes will be in accordance with the objectives of the specific discipline.
Consistent with the honours coursework assessment of the discipline. To be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of General Practice |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Paul Ghaie |
The unit covers:
By the end of this unit candidates should be able to:
Journal (100%)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of General Practice |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr. Paul Ghaie |
This unit will cover the development of various theories pertaining to the neuro-physiology of acupuncture starting off with Felix Mann's Somato-Viseral theories. Becker's "Electric Man", The Gate Control Theory of Wall and Melzak, and the humoral theories starting with Pomeranz (and others) work on endorphin. The latest discovery in neuro-physiology with regard to pain pathways and in particular the concept of neuroplasticity will be discussed. The seminal work of J.S Han of Beijing, involving the identification of many of the neuropeptides as a response to Electro-acupuncture, and which provides a basis for pain management is also explored in depth.
At the completion of this unit the student should be able to:
Journal (100%)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of General Practice |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr. Paul Ghaie |
Acupuncture techniques and methods of stimulation allows the previously learnt channels and points, and philosophy of Acupuncture to be utilised in the clinical situation. Demonstrations of materials used, and of various techniques of stimulation will be provided at the residential weekend, and by the mentors.
Acupuncture therapeutics provides the framework from which all therapeutics can be easily organised according to a simple protocol. This subject ties together all of the previous material in the course, to allow the student to begin using acupuncture in their medical practice on suitable cases.
At the completion of this section students should be able to:
Journal (100%)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of General Practice |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr. Paul Ghaie |
This unit covers all aspects of Medical Acupuncture with particular emphasis on the practical side of the subject, ensuring that the student is able, by the end of the course, to incorporate this method of therapy into their own practice with confidence.
10 mentor sessions (30 hours)
Case Presentation, Clinical Audit, Examination (100%). Students must achieve a pass or higher in the examination to pass the unit overall.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Brendan Murphy |
This unit focuses on the essential clinical practice skills required for adequate performance as a clinician in a community mental health setting. The unit addresses psychiatric assessment, the use of a structured instrument (e.g. HONOS) and specific assessment issues that arise in different clinical scenarios. The unit also covers case management principles and practical issues in mental health delivery with an emphasis on some special focus areas. The unit also addresses the theoretical framework and management of schizophrenia and related disorders, affective disorders, anxiety disorders, substance abuse disorders and personality disorders.
Essay (60%)
Applied Learning Exercise (30%)
On-Campus Workshop/Alternative Assessment (10%)
All assessments must be passed to pass the unit
Two day on-campus workshop
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Jill Gray |
This unit provides a comprehensive account of the historical facts about various systems and models of mental health care, and covers the context in which mental health services are developed and delivered, with particular focus on community-based system of care in Australia. This includes covering the areas of social power and mental illness, community based responses to mental illness and the global perspective of mental health services. The unit also includes the mental health policy framework in Australia, and details and data about mental disorders in Australia. There will be a special focus on the particular needs of indigenous persons and people from non-English speaking background. Various service models in different states and territories will be covered, and there will be a case study of mental health services of Victoria. The unit concludes with discussion of the future direction of community mental health services in Australia. Contents include:
On completion of this unit participants should:
Essay (60%)
Applied Learning Exercise (30%)
On-Campus Workshop/Alternative Assessment (10%)
All assessments must be passed to pass the unit
Two day on-campus workshop
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Lenore Manderson |
The unit will provide a basic understanding of scientific research in mental health and the methods of evaluation of the practice. There will be topics on medical and biopsychosocial models, psychodynamic principles, cognitive-behavioural models, and role of prevention in mental health. The unit also covers the process involved in multi-disciplinary team functioning, role of other stakeholders, consumers and the function of various disciplines. There will be an emphasis on understanding the mental health care system and various service models and the subject will conclude with an integration of all topics covered in the context of community mental health service. Content includes:
On completion of this unit the student should:
Essay (60%)
Applied Learning Exercise (30%)
On-Campus Workshop/Alternative Assessment (10%)
All assessments must be passed to pass the unit
Two day on-campus workshop
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Jill Gray |
This unit provides an overview of the various policy contexts in community mental health practice like national and state mental health policies and a global move towards community mental health care. It addresses various practice paradigms of community mental health practices. The concept of needs of the patients, needs assessment and interpretation of the needs will be covered. There will be an emphasis on various patient groups. Community based intervention strategies and models will be covered with discussion of the skill base for community mental health practice. The role of consumers, participation, empowerment and collaboration will be covered and there will be an integration of all these concepts into clinical mental health practice.
Contents include:
Upon completion of this unit, the student should:
Essay (60%)
Applied Learning Exercise (30%)
On-Campus Workshop/Alternate Assessment (10%)
All assessments must be passed to pass the unit
Two day on-campus workshop
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | Barbara Eppingstall |
Topics include dementia, depression, delirium, and delusional disorders, as well as recent developments in these areas and how appropriate services are delivered. Other major areas are treatment and management issues of the elderly.
Upon completion of this unit, student will have:
Essay (60%)
Applied Learning Exercise (30%)
On-Campus Workshop/Alternative Assessment (10%)
All assessments must be passed to pass the unit
One day workshop
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Lenore Manderson |
The effects of cultural background on the definitions of mental illnesses and the implications of cultural and community structures for the delivery of mental health services. Major areas covered include adaptation and acculturation, characteristics of Aboriginal and ethnic communities in Australia, racism and prejudice, the mental health of Aboriginal and immigrant communities in Australia, cultural assumptions of standard methods of assessment and treatment, explanatory models of illness, State mental health policy, psychiatric service utilisation, and gaps in current service provision.
Upon completion of this unit, students will have:
Essays (60%)
Applied Learning Exercises (30%)
On-Campus Workshop/Alternative Assessment (10%)
All assessments must be passed to pass the unit
Two day on-campus workshop
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | TBA |
This unit deals with two major disabilities associated with mental health problems: intellectual disability and substance misuse. Topics include aetiology of intellectual disability, epidemiology of mental illness in intellectual disability, manifestations of mental illness in the intellectually disabled, management issues for the intellectually disabled, substance use, harmful use, addiction, dependence and other definitions, determinants of substance use and abuse, substance use and precipitation of mental illness, motivational intervention, models of change and harm minimisation in the area of dependency, and HIV and substance misuse.
Upon completion of this unit students will:
Students will also:
Assessment for the Mental Illness and Alcohol and Other Drugs component of the unit consists of a 1,500 - 2,000 word (approx) assignment weighted at 35% and a 1,000 word (approx.) learning journal weighted at 15%. Assessment for the Mental Illness and Intellectual Disability component of the course consists of a 2,000 word assignment weighted at 40% and a 1,000 word (approx.) learning journal weighted at 10%. All assessment tasks must be passed to pass the unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mairead Dolan |
History of the development of concepts of the mind, modern understandings of the nature of consciousness, philosophical problems in understanding consciousness; the nature of introspective, empirical, narrative and phenomenological evidence for the efficacy or otherwise of various forms of psychological interventions; assessment in cognitive behavioural psychotherapy, cognitive behavioural interventions in depression and anxiety; use of cognitive behavioural strategies in controlling positive symptoms in psychosis. The unit also includes origins of aggression; negotiation strategies, boundary issues, milieu issues; psychological issues associated with the use of restraint; dynamic and learning theory based understandings of the major personality disorder groups; modern approaches to therapy in these conditions.
Upon completion of this unit, students will have:
Essay (60%)
Applied Learning Exercise (30%)
On-Campus Workshop (10%)
All assessments must be passed to pass the unit
One day workshop
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | TBA |
The unit will examine the theory and practice of mental health service delivery in primary health care. It will consider the skills and knowledge required to improve the delivery of mental health services in primary care environments. Strategies for service planning, including needs analysis, project management and service evaluation will be explored. The impact on service provision of organisational and professional cultures and boundaries will be examined along with philosophies that shape service delivery within primary care. Service delivery models and clinical models of prevention, early intervention and health promotion will be explored. Effective client intervention strategies of counselling, motivational interviewing, behavioural intervention and problem solving will also be addressed.
Contents includes:
At the completion of this unit, students will have:
Essay (60%)
Applied Learning Exercise (30%)
On-Campus Workshop (10%)
All assessments must be passed to pass the unit
One day workshop
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Karen Wilkinson |
This unit aims to enable students to have a familiarity with and a knowledge of some of the theories on which the understanding of child development and the practice of child psychotherapy are based. It is designed to give students knowledge of human development from three theoretical perspectives and thereby enable them to have a theoretical basis for their practice of observation, assessment and case management. The theoretical perspectives to be studied in this unit will be those of Sigmund Freud, Anna Freud and John Bowlby.
On completion of this unit the student is expected to:
Written assignment (900 words)(15%)
Written assignment (1800 words)(30%)
Essay (2100 words)(35%)
Attendance at On-campus workshop/Alternative Assessment (20%)
All assessment must be passed to pass the unit.
Two day on-campus workshop
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Carolyn Aston |
This unit will explore the history, theory and principles of Developmental Observation and its relevance to clinical and consultative work with children and adolescents. There will be a consideration of the nature of the links between observation and the developmental theories. Students will be able to explore these areas both through the context of the course work and prescribed observations of children in their naturalistic settings.
This unit is designed to give students an understanding of the history, theories and principles of developmental observation and its relevance to clinical work with children and adolescents. On completion of this unit the student will be expected to:
Written assignment 1 (20%)
Written assignment 2 (20%)
Essay (40%)
On-Campus Workshop/Alternative Assessment (20%)
All assessments must be passed to pass the unit
Two day on-campus workshop
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Mrs Jeanette Beaufoy |
This unit will consider the theories of Donald Winnicott and Melanie Klein and their relevance to understanding the psychological development of children and adolescents in terms of both healthy development and the development of psychopathology. The unit will also examine the relevance of these theories to working therapeutically with children and adolescents.
At the completion of this unit students will be expected to:
Written assignment (40%)
Journal 1 (10%)
Journal 2 (10%)
Journal 3 (20%)
On-Campus Workshop/Alternative Assessment (20%)
All assessments must be passed to pass the unit
Two day on-campus workshop
CPS5001 (DCP0001)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Toni Heron |
This unit is designed to present an introduction to the conceptual framework and guidelines for the methodology of the psycho-dynamic assessment of psychological disturbance in children and adolescents. It will introduce students to disturbances in normal psychological development and the clinical concepts of assessment that are based on psychodynamic and developmental principles.
It will consider interviewing and observational methods with children and adolescents that enable psychological data to be collected and understood. It will also demonstrate the complex task of integrating information from several different sources to provide a diagnostic assessment of the individual nature and degree of disturbance presented, and the extent to which that interferes with the child's normal development and functioning.
This unit is designed to present an introduction to the conceptual framework and guidelines for the methodology of the psychodynamic assessment of psychological disturbance in children and adolescents. On completion of this unit the student is expected to:
Report A (10%)
Report B (10%)
Report C (20%)
Essay (40%)
On-Campus Workshop/Alternative Assessment (20%)
All assessments must be passed to pass the unit
Two day on-campus workshop
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Mrs Jeanette Beaufoy |
This unit will outline the principles of Child Psychotherapy from a developmental and psychoanalytic perspective. It will address the context and boundaries of therapy and explore ways the child communicates in therapy. It will also address issues of technique including the therapeutic use of the relationship between the child and the psychotherapist being the central tool in ongoing clinical work; the process of observing, hearing and interpretation in psychotherapy; issues of termination: and the structure, significance and dynamics of this process.
At the completion of this unit students will be expected to have an understanding and knowledge of:
Written assignment 1 (20%)
Written assignment 2 (20%)
Essay (40%)
On-Campus Workshop/Alternative Assessment (20%)
All assessments must be passed to pass the unit
Two day on-campus workshop
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Ros Webb |
This unit will present a psychodynamic framework for adolescent developmental tasks, as well as associated problems and disturbances. It will also look at both general and phase specific principles and issues in psychotherapy with adolescents for the professionals as well as for the adolescents themselves.
At the completion of this unit students will be expected to:
Written assignment 1 (20%)
Written assignment 2 (20%)
Essay (40%)
On-Campus Workshop/Alternative Assessment (20%)
All assessments must be passed to pass the unit
Two day on-campus workshop
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Marell Lynch |
This unit is designed to present an introduction to the theoretical principles underlying the practice of short-term psychodynamic psychotherapy and crisis work. Areas covered will include assessment and treatment issues.
This unit is designed to give students knowledge of the several modes of shorter term psychotherapeutic response and their attendant practices. The unit, as one of the final units of the program, will attempt to overview the course and reflect upon the effective use of psychoanalytic psychotherapy skill in a range of non-traditional applications.
On completion of this unit the student is expected to:
Written assignment 1 (40%)
Written assignment 2 (40%)
On-Campus Workshop/Alternative Assessment (20%)
All assessments must be passed to pass the unit
Two day on-campus workshop
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Marita Lowry |
This unit will examine an understanding of the role of parents in their child's development and different ways of working with parents from a psychodynamic and developmental perspective. Consideration will be made of the following ways of working with parents and the similarities and difference in the models: parent therapy; parent and child work combined; short-term and crisis work with parents; parent counselling; parent education; marital therapy/counselling; individual therapy/counselling.
On completion of this unit students will be expected to:
Written assignment 1 (15%)
Written assignment 2 (25%)
Essay (40%)
On-Campus Workshop/Alternative Assessment (20%)
All assessments must be passed to pass the unit
Two day on-campus workshop
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Rural Health |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | TBA |
Concepts and principles of rural health practice and the impact on people in rural and remote areas. Definitions of rurality and their influence on health outcomes and access to health services. The nature of rural communities is examined and the health/illness patterns explored from a social and epidemiological framework. Structure and function of rural health care services and their role in maintaining the health status of individuals and communities. Rural practice from the point of view of the rural health professional, including consideration of personal and professional issues and on-going issues of recruiting and retaining health professionals in rural areas.
On completion of this unit students will be able to:
Case study of a rural/remote community - 3000-3500 words (50%)
Interview with a rural practitioner - 2500 words (35%)
Discussion forum (15%).
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Rural Health |
Monash Passport category | Research Challenge (Investigate Program) |
Offered | Gippsland First semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Anske Robinson |
This unit aims to orientate the student to research through an exploration of the nature of health professional research. The unit will assist students to interpret published research and enhance their appreciation of the ethical issues that health researchers face. The delivery of the unit is via WebCT.
Upon successful completion of this unit students will be expected to:
Written assignment: Analysing and critiquing quantitative research data and literature. (40%)
Written assignment: Analysing and critiquing qualitative research data and literature. (40%)
Written assignment: Developing a short research proposal. (20%)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Rural Health |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | TBA |
This unit explores the context in which drug use and drug management occur in rural areas of Australia. The unit introduces students to current, and at times contentious, debates in the alcohol and other drug field and examines responses to these issues in the community and in services in rural areas. Students are encouraged to critically appraise drug issues and apply these understandings to particular rural communities. Core topics explore: historical context of drug issues; theories of addiction; current drug policies in Australia; the cultural context of drugs and alcohol; drug use in rural Australia; drug services in rural areas; co-morbidity and dual diagnosis.
Written assignments
discussion group participation
TBA
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Rural Health |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | TBA |
This unit takes a broad view of indigenous health in Australia and beyond. It examines the social, cultural, historical, economic and political factors that underlie the health contexts of Indigenous Australians. A better understanding of these factors must precede the generation of solutions to improving indigenous health outcomes. Wherever possible, the unit uses and looks for the Indigenous voice and perspective rather than the mainstream public health perspective of its earlier format, or a purely clinical approach. It emphasises the diversity of Australian Indigenous communities and their health contexts, therefore seeking widely for different approaches to improving Indigenous health.
On completion of this unit participants should be able to:
Discussion of proposed essay or project (10%)
Literature review and annotated bibliography - 1500 words (25%)
Major Essay - 3000-3500 words (50%)
Discussion of findings for discussion forum (15%).
TBA
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Rural Health |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | TBA |
This unit is concerned with developing the knowledge and skills necessary for successful rural interprofessional practice. The material will assist health professionals to organise and interconnect activities and roles with other professionals and occupational groups for the benefit of rural patients. The delivery of the unit is a combination of self-directed learning and interactive workshops focusing on theoretical knowledge and practical skills. This unit is relevant to all health professionals and, the skills gained by students are applicable for current and future work in the health sector and, will benefit any subsequent community in which they work.
On completion of this unit students will be able to:
Workshop 1 (1500 wd equivalence) 25% comprising 10% online discussion and 15% participation in work
Workshop 2 (2100 wd equivalence) 35% comprising written assignment 15% and 20% participation in work
Project proposal (2400 wd equivalence) 40%
TBA
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Rural Health |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | TBA |
In this unit students will be implementing the proposal developed in CRH5016. Goals and objectives will be negotiated through individual student learning contracts.
Negotiated clinical project
TBA
Must have passed unit CRH5016
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Rural Health |
Offered | Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Eleanor Mitchell |
Designed to support in the preparation for the independent research project (minor thesis). It contains a theoretical component, but is aimed at teaching practical research skills. Students are taught how to translate their thoughts and interests into a sound research project by undertaking a critical review of the literature, developing a research proposal and preparing an ethics application.
On completion of this unit students will be able to:
Literature review (2500 words)(40%)(hurdle)
Research proposal (2500 words)(40%) (hurdle)
Ethics application (1000 words)(20%) (hurdle)
Must have passed CRH5001
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Rural Health |
Offered | Gippsland First semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Margaret Stebbing |
Environmental change can have both direct and indirect effects on human health. Exploring issues such as global climate change and loss of biodiversity, this unit will examine relationships between human health and anthropogenic environmental change (environmental change accelerated by human activity). Questions underpinning students' exploration will be: What is the relationship between the health of the environment and the health of human communities? Do ecological changes affect human health and well being? What are possible solutions? How do we act in the face of lack of evidence, gaps in knowledge, uncertainty and conflicting evidence. The emphasis of the unit will be on global and regional environmental change and how this manifests at a local level in both individuals and populations. The role of health professionals and policy makers will be explored and students will reflect on their own personal viewpoints and practice as professionals and as global citizens. Students will examine local and regional issues relevant to their professional practice and place these in the larger global context. Multidisciplinary approaches to an ecological perspective of health - the concept of a web of interconnected, interacting and dynamic relationships which embeds humans in their physical environment - will be applied to examine issues such as: health effects of global warming; health effects of loss of biodiversity; vector-borne and zoonotic diseases and agricultural pollutants.
On completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Case study analysis (1500 wds)(20%)
Reflective essay (3000 wds)(40%)
Group discussion activities (2000 wds)(40%)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor M Abramson |
Advanced understanding of epidemiology methods used to study chronic diseases. Overview of descriptive and analytical epidemiology of diseases of major public health importance in Australia. Particular methodological issues include assessing causality, bias, confounding, effect modification, exposure assessment, outcome assessment, prevention paradigms and whether epidemiology has reached its limits.
On completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Two written assignments (50% each)
2 contact hours per week
This unit is only available to students enrolled in the Doctor of Public Health
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | A/Prof Rory Wolfe |
Confounding and effect modification, logistic regression, conditional logistic regression for matched case-control studies, linear regression, diagnostics to assess model fit, model estimation methods, Poisson regression for rates, Stata statistical software.
On successful completion of this unit students will have:
Two written assignments (50% each).
2 x 2 block days.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor M Abramson |
Quantitative skills necessary to undertake and complete doctoral level projects. Major types of epidemiological study designs, defining research questions and hypotheses. Assessment of reliability, validity of questionnaires, selecting appropriate instruments for public health research. Steps in preparing a grant application for competitively awarded funding, alternative sampling strategies for subject election, data analysis strategies and bias control. Ethical issues in public health research & role of ethics committees.
On completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Written appraisal (20%)
Oral presentation (25%)
Written protocol (25%)
Draft questionnaire and manuscript (20%).
2 contact hours per week
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2013 (Off-campus) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Prof J Stoelwinder |
Leadership and management principles as related to public health organisations. Key management and organisational theories, interface of theory and practice, human resource management, sources of power and influence. Techniques for managing organisational change, building effective and adaptive health organisations, elements of strategic planning, difference between leadership and management. Leadership skills, team building, conflict management, network development and management, strategic alliances, application of leadership and management principles to solve complex health organisational problems
On completion of this unit students should be able to:
Web-based tasks 30%
Written assignments 70 %
15 contact hours over 2 days
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Robert Hall |
Supervised practical placement in University Departments and Centres, hospitals, affiliated research Institutes, community health services, non-government organisations or the Dept of Human Services. Giving students the opportunity to interact with practising public health professionals. Students are co-supervised by a member of the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences academic staff.
On completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Written report 100%
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Audrey McKinlay |
Psychopathology Part I and II are designed to impart students with a working knowledge of mental disorders. The units also aim to equip students with the clinical skills required to assess, formulate and diagnose clients presenting with a variety of clinical conditions.
At the end of this unit, students should be able to:
Satisfactory Class Participation 10%
Mental Status Examination 1 (1000 words) 10%
Mental Status Examination 2 (1000 words) 10%
Psychological Report (1500 words) 30%
End of semester test 40%
Must be enrolled in Doctor of Psychology in Clinical Psychology or Doctor of Psychology in Clinical Neuropsychology
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Rene Stolwyk |
Students will be introduced to general principles of psychological assessment across the lifespan, including ethical and cultural issues, reliability and validity, sensitivity and specificity, error types and bias prevention, statistical and clinical significance, and the effect of base rates. They will learn how to apply behavioural assessment techniques. They will be exposed to a range of tests and scales assessing important aspects of cognitive and emotional functioning and they will learn the background theory of these measures, as well as how to administer, score and interpret them. They will learn how to integrate and interpret psychological assessment results and communicate this information in both written and oral form.
On completion of this unit students should:
Satisfactory attendance and participation are required to pass the unit.
Psychometric Measure Evaluation (20%)
Behavioural Assessment (20%)
Behavioural Focused Self-Assessment (Hurdle)
WAIS-IV & WMS-IV Administration (Hurdle)
WAIS-IV Examination (20%)
Psychological report (40%)
Must be enrolled in Doctor of Psychology in Clinical Psychology or Doctor of Psychology in Clinical Neuropsychology
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Katrina Simpson |
This unit will equip students with the necessary skills to undertake research. Nonetheless, the primary motivation for this course concerns future employment. Research design and analysis are critical components of both academic and professional psychology.
This unit equips students with the necessary skills they need to design research and analyse data for their thesis, placements, and employment. After completing this unit successfully, students should be able to undertake a comprehensive program evaluation as well as a single subject design, and complete their thesis, confidently, competently, and independently.
Specifically, students should be able to:
The assessment will comprise two components: a journal (60%) and a multiple-choice examination (40%).
Must be enrolled in Doctor of Psychology in Clinical Psychology or Doctor of Psychology in Clinical Neuropsychology
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Michael Daffern |
A range of topics associated with the provision of psychological services, including basic counselling skills, review of relevant legislation and ethical/professional standards, and developing ethically and culturally sensitive psychological practice. This unit comprises a two day workshop, held prior to the commencement of formal course-work and seminars. Material will be presented in various formats including didactic teaching, small group exercises and role plays. The workshop and seminars will be supplemented by readings and handouts.
The primary aim in this unit is to:
Self Assessment (Hurdle)
Examination (80%)
Class presentation (20%)
Must be enrolled in Doctor of Psychology in Clinical Psychology
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Nicole Rinehart |
The aim of this unit is to ensure that students are familiar with disorders that occur during childhood and adolescence. Diagnosis and classification, aetiology of the major disorders occurring in childhood and adolescence, as well as the major forms of treatment and management based on recent research will be covered. Various disorders will be examined including autism, attention deficit hyperactivity disorder, anxiety disorders, and depression. Students will be expected to develop competence in the application of diagnostic classification systems to children but also will be encouraged to critically evaluate such systems and be aware of their limitations in paediatric populations. A component of this unit will be devoted to formal psychological, especially cognitive, assessment of children and adolescents. Although the major focus of this unit will be on the identification and assessment of disorders and assessment of cognitive abilities in children, the use of various treatment modalities with children, adolescents, and their families will also be discussed with an emphasis on cognitive behavioural approaches. The final sessions of this unit will focus on clinical developmental issues later in life.
At the end of this unit, students should be able to:
Children (WISC-IV);
WISC-IV assessment. (20%).
a brief report (1000 words) 30%
Examination 50%
Must be enrolled in Doctor of Psychology in Clinical Psychology
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Michael Daffern |
Students will develop an understanding of the role of the Clinical Neuropsychologist and of legal and ethical principles governing research and professional practice in psychology. Students will review relevant legislation and ethical/professional standards and develop ethically and culturally sensitive psychological practices. They will learn how to work with other professionals and develop the skills to conduct a clinical interview, take a case history, and write a report. Students will observe at least one neuropsychological assessment.
The primary aim in this unit is to equip students with the basic skills necessary for their entrance into the profession of Clinical Neuropsychology. When students have completed this unit they will:
Satisfactory attendance and participation are required to pass the unit.
Assessment tasks include:
A history-taking exercise (Hurdle Requirement);
A case report (Hurdle Requirement);
Examination (80%)
Class presentation (20%)
Must be enrolled in Doctor of Psychology in Clinical Neuropsychology
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Russell Conduit and Professor Julie Stout |
This subject reviews the neuroanatomy of the human brain and spinal cord at the level of detail required by the practicing clinical neuropsychologist. Emphasis is placed on structure-function relationships, and how different brain regions interact to regulate complex cognitive skills. Students also learn about the clinical neurological examination and neuroimaging, with an emphasis placed on what these methods allow us to infer regarding underlying neuroanatomy and lesions. In addition, students will learn about neurogenetics, and how genetic disorders link to variations in neuroanatomy that underpin behavioural manifestations of these neurogenetic disorders. Students learn:
At the completion of the subject, students should
Weekly assignments 80% final assessment 20%
Must be enrolled in Doctor of Psychology in Clinical Neuropsychology
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Audrey McKinlay |
Psychopathology Part I and II are designed to impart students with a working knowledge of mental disorders. The units also aim to equip students with the clinical skills required to assess, formulate and diagnose clients presenting with a variety of clinical conditions. In addition, the unit will include an introduction to drug classifications; legal control of drug use; pharmacokinetics; variability in response to drugs;chemical transmission and receptors.
At the end of this unit, students should be able to:
incorporating a mental status examination;
Class Participation - Hurdle requirement
Psychiatric History Report (1500 words) - 15%
Clinical Case Report (3000 words) - 25%
Test - 20%
Examination - 20%
Essay (2000 words) - 20%
Must be enrolled in Doctor of Psychology in Clinical Psychology
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr J. Sabura Allen |
Each session will include both lecture and experiential components. Experiential components will include group discussion, viewing and discussion of video tapes, skills practice with other group members, feedback/discussion of taped practice sessions, and providing resources for use in providing CBT therapy.
Students completing the initial sessions of this unit should have a basic understanding of a range of different schools of therapy and the historical, scientific and social contexts surrounding their development and practice. Students should be conversant with the specific assumptions, concepts and techniques of the major schools of therapy and have some knowledge of relevant outcome literature. In addition, students should have a thorough understanding of the processes common to all forms of intervention. By the end of the unit, students should have proficiency in the particular skills of behavioural and cognitive-behavioural therapies and their application to a range of clinical problems. Students will be expected to be competent in selecting interventions for individuals and monitoring the progress of their application.
Presentation 1 (Hurdle)
Audiotape (Hurdle)
Class Participation (Hurdle)
Quiz (Hurdle)
Must be enrolled in Doctor of Psychology in Clinical Psychology or Doctor of Psychology in Clinical Neuropsychology
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Julie Stout |
Neuropsychological disorders will be considered from perspectives taken in cognitive psychology and cognitive neuropsychology. In particular, there will be an emphasis on establishing frameworks for conceptualising neuropsychological features of neurological and psychiatric conditions, and frameworks for approaching clinical assessment and rehabilitation.
On completion of this unit students will:
2 x assignments (10% each)
4 x assignments (15% each)
Visual-graphic assignment (20%)
Oral presentation (hurdle requirement)
Must be enrolled in Doctor of Psychology in Clinical Neuropsychology
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Jennie Ponsford |
Students will observe oral case presentations given by experienced clinicians and other students. They will be exposed to a variety of different presentation styles designed to cater for specific audiences and will learn to evaluate case material in an objective and critical manner. They will participate in discussions of clinical issues and recent developments in the field of Clinical Neuropsychology and will be challenged to remain informed about such developments and issues.
The primary aim of this unit is to provide students with an opportunity to observe and participate in oral presentations of case material and other professional issues at the same time as they commence their first clinical placement.
When students have completed the unit they will:
Class Contribution 25%
Oral Presentation 75%
Must be enrolled in Doctor of Psychology in Clinical Neuropsychology
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Rene Stolwyk |
Students will be introduced to the scientist-practitioner model of neuropsychology incorporating the hypothesis testing approach to assessment. Students will be exposed to a number of neuropsychological tests and scales, designed to assess aspects of cognitive, behavioural and emotional functioning. They will learn how to select which tests are most appropriate in specific clinical situations and how to administer, score and interpret each measure. The skills required to document the assessment results will be imparted. Issues in assessing people from other cultural and linguistic backgrounds will also be discussed. On a broader level, students will be taught to be critical consumers of the neuropsychological literature.
The primary aim of this unit is theoretical and practical, being to introduce students to an overarching approach to neuropsychological assessment and case formulation, as well as test selection, administration, scoring and interpretation.
At the conclusion of this unit students will:
Take Home excersise 70%
Oral Presentation 30%
Must be enrolled in Doctor of Psychology in Clinical Neuropsychology
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Jennie Ponsford |
In this unit students will become familiar with a number of neuropsychological syndromes. Sessions will feature guest lecturers who are experts in their fields.
The primary aim of this unit is to provide students with the knowledge required to recognise, describe and assess a number of common neuropsychological syndromes.
On completion of the unit students will:
Weekly take-home assessment (100%)
Must be enrolled in Doctor of Psychology in Clinical Neuropsychology
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus Day) Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Stefan Luebbers / Dr Adam McKay |
The DPsych program has established a network of placements in a variety of settings within which students can receive appropriate practica training. The practica coordinator and staff at the agency arrange the placements. Student preferences, practica availability and student training needs are taken account of in this process. Which agency and supervisor, number of days for the practica and also the commencement and completion dates are specified. Students are not permitted to negotiate their own practica or change any practica arrangements without first obtaining approval from the University Practica Coordinator.
On completion of the initial practicum, students will be:
Placement Contract (Hurdle)
Mid-placement Review (Hurdle)
Student Diary (Hurdle)
Student Case/Logbook (Hurdle)
Supervisor Logbook (Hurdle)
Final Student Assessment Report (Hurdle)
Final Supervisor Assessment Report (Hurdle)
Must be enrolled in Doctor of Psychology in Clinical Psychology or Doctor of Psychology in Clinical Neuropsychology
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Sabura Allen |
Students completing the unit will have further developed their skills in therapeutic techniques and delivery of treatment in CBT and other integrative treatments for treatment of a variety of disorders, acquire the knowledge and skills to design focused treatment plans, appropriately implement treatment as required by a placement setting under supervision, report intervention outcomes appropriately, and have an understanding of the underlying theories of such interventions.
Students completing the unit should be conversant with the specific assumpions, concepts and techniques of the major schools of therapy and have some knowledge of relevant outcome literature. In addition, students should have a thorough understanding of the process common to all forms of intervention. By the end of the unit, students should have proficiency in the particular skills of behavioural and cognitive-behavioural therapies and their application to a range of clinical problems. Students will to be competent in selecting interventions for individuals and monitoring the progress of their application.
Case Study 1 (20%)
Case Study 2 (25%)
Resource Book (20%)
Psychological Assessment Report (35%)
3 hour seminar per week
Must be enrolled in Doctor of Psychology in Clinical Psychology
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Jillian Broadbear |
The unit will cover the following topics.
On completion of the unit students should:
Take-Home Examination (40%)
Essay (60%)
Must be enrolled in Doctor of Psychology in Clinical Psychology or Doctor of Psychology in Clinical Neuropsychology
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Kate Taylor |
This unit provides an advanced level introduction to the growing field of health psychology. The major systems of the body that underlie health and illness will be reviewed, including the nervous system, endocrine system, immune system and cardiovascular system. The prevalence of major chronic diseases will be discussed and factors related to prevalence. Behaviour and lifestyle as they relate to health and illness will be reviewed. Health promotion and the prevention of disease will be discussed.
By the completion of this unit, it is expected that students will be able to:
Satisfactory attendance (80%) and participation in each seminar are required to pass the unit.
Experience Summary 1 (Hurdle)
Experience Summary 2 (Hurdle)
Examination (100%)
Must be enrolled in Doctor of Psychology in Clinical Psychology
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Jennie Ponsford |
Students will observe oral case presentations given by experienced clinicians and other students and will present their own cases. They will be exposed to a variety of different presentation styles designed to cater for specific audiences and will learn to evaluate case material in an objective and critical manner. They will participate in discussions of clinical issues and recent developments in the field of Clinical Neuropsychology and will be challenged to remain informed about such developments and issues.
The primary aim of this unit is to provide students with an opportunity to practice giving oral presentations of case material. A secondary aim is to provide a forum in which students may discuss other professional issues of interest to them.
On completion of this unit students will:
Class Contribution 25%
Oral Presentation 75%
Must be enrolled in Doctor of Psychology in Clinical Neuropsychology
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus Day) Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Stefan Luebbers/ Dr Adam McKay |
The DPsych program has established a network of placements in a variety of settings within which students can receive appropriate practica training. The practica coordinator and staff at the agency arrange the placements. Student preferences, practica availability and student training needs are taken account of in this process. Which agency and supervisor, number of days for the practica and also the commencement and completion dates are specified. Students are not permitted to negotiate their own practica or change any practica arrangements without first obtaining approval from the University Practica Coordinator.
On completion of the intermediate practicum, students should have:
Placement Contract (Hurdle)
Mid-placement Review (Hurdle)
Student Diary (Hurdle)
Student Case/Logbook (Hurdle)
Supervisor Logbook (Hurdle)
Final Student Assessment Report (Hurdle)
Final Supervisor Assessment Report (Hurdle)
DPSY5299
Must be enrolled in Doctor of Psychology in Clinical Psychology or Doctor of Psychology in Clinical Neuropsychology
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Rene Stolwyk |
This unit provides students with information on the roles of the neuropsychologist within the health setting, the assessment techniques commonly used by neuropsychologists, common neuropsychological syndromes, and the process of rehabilitation for those with neuropsychological impairment.
On completion of the course students should:
Class Participation (Hurdle)
Case report Series (100%)
Must be enrolled in Doctor of Psychology in Clinical Psychology
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Renee Testa |
Students will become familiar with the use of appropriate paediatric neuropsychology assessment tools and will learn the skills required to obtain a comprehensive history from parents, teachers, hospital case notes and other relevant information sources. Assessment and management of the behavioural consequences of neuropsychological deficits will be discussed, together with the provision of parent education and school interventions. The importance of conveying neuropsychological findings and recommendation in a clear and interpretable manner for non-psychology professionals, such as teachers and careers, will also be an area of focus.
On completion of this unit students will:
Assessment will be based on three components, each of which will be graded.
Test administration: 35%
Essay/Report: 35%
Written assignment: 30%
Must be enrolled in Doctor of Psychology in Clinical Neuropsychology
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Jennie Ponsford |
Students will observe oral case presentations given by experienced clinicians and other students and will present their own cases. They will be exposed to a variety of different presentation styles designed to cater for specific audiences and will learn to evaluate case material in an objective and critical manner. They will participate in discussions of clinical issues and recent developments in the field of Clinical Neuropsychology and will be challenged to remain informed about such developments and issues.
The primary aim of this unit is to provide students with an opportunity to observe and practice giving oral presentations of case material. A secondary aim is to provide a forum in which students can discuss other professional issues of interest to them.
On completion of the unit students will:
Class contributions (25%)
Oral presentation (75%)
Must be enrolled in Doctor of Psychology in Clinical Neuropsychology
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Jennie Ponsford |
Students will develop an understanding of strategies used to manage neuropsychologically impaired individuals and will learn how to assess the efficacy of techniques used to rehabilitation and management. Participants will receive information from other allied health professional, rehabilitative approaches used by these professions and discuss how a multidisciplinary approach can be used to provide substantial benefits to the brain-injured individual.
This unit aims to equip students with the conceptual information necessary for them to work effectively in a rehabilitation setting.
On completion of the unit students will:
Take-home exercise (20%)
Case report (80%)
Must be enrolled in Doctor of Psychology in Clinical Neuropsychology
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus Day) Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Stefan Luebbers / Dr Adam McKay |
The DPsych program has established a network of placements in a variety of settings within which students can receive appropriate practica training. The practica coordinator and staff at the agency arrange the placements. Student preferences, practica availability and student training needs are taken account of in this process. Which agency and supervisor, number of days for the practica and also the commencement and completion dates are specified. Students are not permitted to negotiate their own practica or change any practica arrangements without first obtaining approval from the University Practica Coordinator.
By the end of the advanced practicum, students' skills should be extended to:
Placement Contract (Hurdle)
Mid-placement Review (Hurdle)
Student Diary (Hurdle)
Student Case/Logbook (Hurdle)
Supervisor Logbook (Hurdle)
Final Student Assessment Report (Hurdle)
Final Supervisor Assessment Report (Hurdle)
DPSY5299 and DPSY6199
Must be enrolled in Doctor of Psychology in Clinical Psychology or Doctor of Psychology in Clinical Neuropsychology
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Clayton Full year 2013 (Day) Clayton Full year 2013 (Off-campus Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Kate Taylor |
The Specialised Clinical Practicum provides students with opportunity to directly contribute to service delivery by participating in the planning and provision of clinical psychological assessment and treatment to a range of individuals in a variety of settings. At this stage of their training students will be expected to carry a client load with minimal supervisory support. The location of the specialised practicum will be negotiated with individual students, taking into account their preferences and their need for specialised skill acquisition, but options include forensic settings, child and adolescent mental health services, psychiatry units of private and public hospitals, and specialised health services. The aim of the Specialised Clinical Practicum is for students to gain proficiency in their clinical psychology skills or to consolidate skills in specialist areas.
On completion of the unit students will be able to develop and deliver assessment and intervention strategies which reflect an understanding of the current knowledge of best practice in clinical psychology.
On completion of the unit students will be able to provide input at the organisational level.
On completion of the unit students will demonstrate a sound understanding of clinical psychological principles and how these are implemented within service delivery systems.
On completion of the unit students will understand fully the role of a clinical psychologist at an organisational level, and the contributions that a clinical psychologist makes to a service delivery system.
On completion of the unit students will be able to recognise when input from a senior member of staff is required and be able to seek out this input in a timely and professional manner.
Placement Contract (Hurdle)
Mid-placement Review (Hurdle)
Student Diary (Hurdle)
Student Case/Logbook (Hurdle)
Supervisor Logbook (Hurdle)
Final Student Assessment Report (Hurdle)
Final Supervisor Assessment Report (Hurdle)
2 Clinical Reports (50% each)
16 hours per week
DPSY5299, DPSY6199, DPSY6299
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor James Ogloff |
The unit will commence with an examination of the Australian legal system, the players in it and trial procedures in the various courts and tribunals. Using both seminars and practical sessions, rules of expert evidence and procedure will be examined, along with the role of the forensic psychologist in giving advice, performing assessments, writing reports for the court, giving evidence and mediation. Finally, case examples will be used to examine the application of psychological research to forensic issues and the particular ethical issues that arise for forensic psychologists.
On completion of this unit students should:
Class Participation (Hurdle)
Must be enrolled in Doctor of Psychology in Clinical Psychology
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Michael Daffern |
The unit will begin with an examination of relevant legislation. Using both seminars and practical sessions, students will then learn how to conduct psychological assessments of children, adolescents and/or families in contested custody and access determinations, and in protective and criminal proceedings. Treatment issues will also be examined.
Class Participation (10%)
Report (3000 words) (90%)
Must be enrolled in Doctor of Psychology in Clinical Psychology
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Clayton Full year 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr J Sabura Allen |
This unit covers the application of and development of students' skills in the application of clinical psychology training to mental health and health settings. The field of clinical psychology will be extended to include advanced theoretical frameworks and treatments that include linking psychological and physical aspects of health and illness to specialised areas of clinical psychology, such as serious mental health illness and disorders and in the context of clinical health issues and disorders. The focus will include appropriate assessment skills for various health and mental health contexts.
On completion of the unit students will be familiar with the field of clinical psychology as applied to mental health and health settings and have knowledge of the theoretical frameworks relevant to this field. They will have a better understanding of the psychological processes associated with various mental health and related conditions and the way developmental stages affect responses to illness.
Students will be expected to:
Class Participation (Hurdle)
2 Written Assessments (100%)
Must be enrolled in Doctor of Psychology in Clinical Psychology
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | A/Prof Nicole Rinehart |
The focus of this unit is on clinical assessment and intervention/management in the field of child and adolescent clinical psychology. Commensurate with the advanced training context of this unit, the content will include a sequence of topics which extend the topics included in the Introductory unit which all students complete in Year 1 (see Clinical Developmental Psychology DSY5105). This Unit will include complex child and adolescent case presentations by senior clinicians in the field. Students will also be required to present cases which relate to their clinical training in the Doctorate program. In addition some specific topics such as: trauma, critical incidents, the use of projective assessment techniques, and group therapy, are included in the seminar topics. Students are expected to demonstrate their knowledge of these areas in their clinical case discussions and written assessment tasks.
On completion of this unit, students will have:
Class Participation (Hurdle)
Must be enrolled in Doctor of Psychology in Clinical Psychology
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Adam McKay |
The advanced specialist practicum provides students with opportunity to directly contribute to service delivery by participating in the planning and provision of neuropsychological assessment and treatment to a range of persons with relatively complicated presentations. At this stage of their training students will be expected to carry a client load with minimal supervisory support. The location of the specialised practicum will be negotiated with individual students, taking into account their preferences and their need for specialised skill acquisition, but options will include rehabilitation, developmental neuropsychology, neuropsychiatry, neurogeriatrics and forensic neuropsychology.
By the end of the advanced specialist practicum, students' skills and knowledge in a particular area of clinical neuropsychology should be extensive.
On completion of the unit students will:
Placement Contract (Hurdle)
Mid-placement Review (Hurdle)
Student Diary (Hurdle)
Student Case/Logbook (Hurdle)
Supervisor Logbook (Hurdle)
Final Student Assessment Report (Hurdle)
Final Supervisor Assessment Report (Hurdle)
DPSY5299, DPSY6199, DPSY6299
Must be enrolled in Doctor of Psychology in Clinical Neuropsychology
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Michael Daffern |
The unit will commence with an examination of theories of crime and criminal behaviour, with particular attention being given to psychological research on specific groups of offenders (e.g., murderers, shoplifters, arsonists, pathological gamblers, sexual offenders). Through practical sessions and seminars, students will develop some expertise in providing expert evidence in criminal cases, with such issues as fitness to plead intoxication and intent, diminished responsibility, insanity, automatism, infanticide, psychological syndromes, and mitigating factors receiving particular attention. Finally, theories and techniques of intervention with offenders will be examined.
On completion of this unit students should:
Class Participation (Hurdle Requirement)
Written Assignment (100%)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor James Ogloff |
The subject will commence with an overview of the civil arena and examination of the concept of tort liability for negligence. Seminars will focus on personal injury litigation (including such issues as workers' compensation, "compensation neurosis" and "functional overlay", assessing psychological impairment, post traumatic stress disorder, head injury and its sequelae, chronic pain, occupational stress, compensation and recovery). Students will observe the operation of various tribunals and boards and observe psychologists conducting assessments in civil matters (e.g., personal injury, guardianship and administration, testamentary capacity).
On completion of this unit, students should:
2 Reports (Hurdle)
Class Participation (Hurdle)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Nicole Rinehart |
The focus of this unit is on clinical intervention in the field of clinical child psychology. These interventions include infant-parent psychotherapy, play therapy, behaviour therapy, cognitive-behavioural therapy, supportive therapy, psychodynamic therapy, family therapy, group therapy, liaison and secondary consultation with kindergartens, schools and other agencies. In addition some specific topics such as: psychopharmacology, cross-cultural issues, childhood chronic illness, trauma and critical incidents are included in the seminar topics, and students are expected to demonstrate their knowledge of these in their clinical case discussions and written assessment tasks.
At the end of the subject students would be expected to have:
Report (3500-4500 words) (55%)
Evaluation (35%)
Class Participation (10%)
Three hour seminar and 2 hours of private study per week for 12 weeks plus 7.5 hours of observation/practical work per week for 23 weeks.
Completion of Years 1 and 2 of the DPsych (Clinical) and of DPSY7141
Must be enrolled in Doctor of Psychology in Clinical Psychology
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2013 (Off-campus) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr M Davies / Prof F Cicuttini |
Differences between descriptive & analytical epidemiology, strengths & weaknesses of different epidemiological study design & basic concepts & methods of biostatistics including confidence intervals, p-values & sample size, statistical tests for comparing groups, regression models & survival analysis. Design & evaluation of clinical trials.
On completion of the unit students will be able to:
Two assignments (1500 words each): (50%)
Examination (3 hours): (50%)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor J Simpson |
Introduction to a variety of health-related data collection sources, calculation of population fertility, mortality & morbidity rates, health service utilisation measures, disease registration & reporting. Use of direct & indirect age standardisation, life expectancy calculations, valid comparisons & health differentials. Development, design & delivery of health questionnaires. Use of focus groups, standard instruments for health surveys, coding, validity, reliability of measures & models of data collection. Efficient sampling strategies, data interpretation & analysis including stratification, clustering & weighting.
At the completion of this unit students should be able to:
Written assignments (100%)
This unit is only available to students enrolled in the Graduate Certificate, Graduate Diploma or Masters of Biostatistics.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2013 (Off-campus) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Gary Glonek |
Core topics in algebra and analysis, including polynomial and simultaneous equations, graphs, concepts of limits, continuity and series approximations, including Taylor series expansions. Calculus is used to describe techniques of integration and differentiation of vector expressions. Study of probability, concepts of probability laws, random variables, expectation and distributions. Essential topics in matrix algebra relevant to biostatistical methods. Essential numerical methods, including Newton-Raphson method for solution of simultaneous equations and concepts of numerical integration.
On completion of this unit students should be able to:
Written assignments (100%)
This unit is only available to students enrolled in the Graduate Certificate, Graduate Diploma or Masters of Biostatistics.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2013 (Off-campus) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr A Kirby |
The unit will introduce the core concepts of statistical inference, beginning with estimators, confidence intervals, type I and II errors and p-values. The emphasis will be on the practical interpretation of these concepts in biostatistical contexts, including an emphasis on the difference between statistical and practical significance. Classical estimation theory, bias and efficiency. Likelihood function, likelihood based methodology, maximum likelihood estimation and inference based on likelihood ration, Wald and score test procedures. Bayesian approach to statistical inference vs classical frequentist approach. Nonparametric procedures, exact inference and resampling based methodology.
On completion of this unit the student will:
Written assignments
Practical exercises.
This unit is only available to students enrolled in the Graduate Certificate, Graduate Diploma or Masters of Biostatistics.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Professors A Forbes & J Carlin |
This unit explores biostatistical applications of linear models with an emphasis on underlying theoretical and computational issues, practical interpretation and communication of results. By a series of case studies, students explore extensions of methods for group comparisons of means (t-tests and analysis of variance) to adjust for confounding and to assess effect modification/interaction, together with the development of associated inference procedures. Multiple regression strategies and model selection issues will be presented together with model checking and diagnostics. Nonparametric regression techniques, and random effects and variance components models will also be outlined.
On completion of this unit students should be able to:
Two written assignments
Practical exercise
This unit is only available to students enrolled in the Graduate Certificate, Graduate Diploma or Masters of Biostatistics.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2013 (Off-campus) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor C D'Este |
This unit will describe and demonstrate the complexity of data management and statistical computing methods. It will enable students to communicate effectively about the issues in storing and retrieving information, and in assessing the quality and limitations of data repositories. It uses examples from real data sets to give students practical skills in data management, assessment of data quality and handling and linking of large volumes of data.
On completion of this unit students should be able to demonstrate:
Written assignments (100%)
This unit is only available to students enrolled in the Graduate Certificate, Graduate Diploma or Masters of Biostatistics.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor A Dobson |
Practical applications of statistical methods in clinical and diagnostic settings. Methods for assessment of clinical agreement, statistical properties of diagnostic tests and their interpretation, statistical and ethical issues involved in screening tests & fundamentals of modelling for clinical prediction. In-depth analysis of issues in systematic reviews of medical research studies, including selection and appraisal of studies, levels of evidence, meta-analytic methods for estimating effect sizes using fixed and random effect models, assessing heterogeneity and publication bias.
On completion of this course students should be able to:
Written assignments (100%).
This unit is only available to students enrolled in the Graduate Certificate, Graduate Diploma or Masters of Biostatistics.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor P Ryan |
This unit will introduce randomised comparisons as a major tool used in medical research and the basis of providing evidence for improving clinical practice. By developing problems based on clinical questions, the need and value of different experimental designs will be introduced and expanded. Within this context, issues with regards to randomisation, clinical study design and analysis interpretation will be developed. Efficiency issues such as sample size and power will be introduced at appropriate points in the unit.
On completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Written Assignments (100%)
Off campus students:
Twelve hours per week, consisting of (on average) 4 hours per week for reading core
material, 4 hours per week completing exercises (manual, computer-based, or on-line), 2 hours per week for on-line communication with teaching staff or students via WebCT, and 2 hours per week for assignment preparation. No residential component is required for this subject.
This unit is only available to students enrolled in the Graduate Certificate, Graduate Diploma or Masters of Biostatistics.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor A Forbes & Associate Professor J Carlin |
This unit will develop statistical models for longitudinal and correlated data in medical research. The concept of hierarchical data structures will be developed, together with simple numerical and analytical demonstrations of the inadequacy of standard statistical methods. Normal-theory model and statistical procedures i.e. mixed linear models are explored using SAS or Stata statistical software packages. Extension to non-normal outcomes emphasising clinical research question. Case studies contrast generalised estimating equations and generalised linear mixed models. Limitations of traditional repeated measures analysis of variance and non-exchangeable models.
On completion of this unit students should be able to:
Written assignments
Practical exercises.
This unit is only available to students enrolled in the Graduate Certificate, Graduate Diploma or Masters of Biostatistics.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Prof A. Dobson |
This unit will explore biostatistical applications of generalised linear models with an emphasis on underlying theoretical issues, and practical interpretation of the results of fitting these models. Relevant methods for 2 x 2 and 2 x k tables extended into logistic regression for a binary outcome as a special case of generalised linear modelling. Measures of association and modelling techniques for ordinal outcomes. Methods for analysing count data. Techniques for dealing with matched data e.g. from case control studies.
On completion of this unit students should be able to:
Written assignments
Practical exercises
This unit is only available to students enrolled in the Graduate Certificate, Graduate Diploma or Masters of Biostatistics.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor G. Heller |
Biostatistical applications of survival analysis with emphasis on underlying theoretical and computational issues, practical interpretation and communication of results. Case studies, students will explore the various methods for handling survival data. Kaplan-Meier curve definition and its extension, survival prospects using logrank test and confidence intervals for relative risks, graphical displays and assessing underlying assumptions. Mantel-Haenszel method's connection to survival analysis. Cox proportional hazards model for handling continuous covariates. Various extensions of this model, including time-dependent covariates, multiple outcomes and censored linear regression model.
On completion of this unit students should be able to:
Written assignments 100%.
This unit is only available to students enrolled in the Graduate Certificate, Graduate Diploma or Masters of Biostatistics.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2013 (Off-campus) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) Alfred Hospital Full year 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor A. Forbes |
Students will be exposed to real-life biostatistical problems in an academic health research environment, industry or government under supervision by an experienced biostatistician with a staff or honorary appointment at Monash University. They will be allocated, or may select, 1 or more research projects, and required to make regular contact with the associated health research personnel together with the supervisor. Under the guidance of the supervisor, the student will assume responsibility for statistical aspects of the relevant research project(s), and perform an analysis of appropriate complexity for the project then present and interpret the results in a written and oral form.
On completion of this unit students should be able to:
Written report 100%
20 hours per week
This unit is only available to students enrolled in the Graduate Certificate, Graduate Diploma or Masters of Biostatistics.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Graham Wood |
The unit begins with a brief review of elementary molecular biology: DNA, RNA, the central dogma, meiosis, mitosis and genes. Some fundamental mathematical tools for statistical analysis are also reviewed. The course then covers sequence alignment, database searching, Mendelian genetics and techniques for discovering connections between genes and disease: association, linkage and variance components studies.
At the completion of this unit the student should be able to:
The assessment for this subject will involve four written assignments, each worth 15% plus a comprehensive final assignment worth 40%. The assignments will each involve the application of theory to problems specific to the various analytical tasks in bioinformatics.
Must be enrolled in course version {3420, 3421, 3422}
This unit is only available to students enrolled in the Graduate Certificate, Graduate Diploma or Masters of Biostatistics.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | A/Prof Lyle Gurrin |
This unit provides a thorough introduction to the concepts and methods of modern Bayesian statistical methods with particular emphasis on practical applications in biostatistics. Comparison of Bayesian concepts involving prior distributions with classical approaches to statistical analysis, particularly likelihood based methods. Applications to fitting hierarchical models to complex data structures via simulation from posterior distributions using Markov chain Monte Carlo techniques (MCMC) with the WinBUGS software package.
On completion of this unit students should be able to:
Written assignments (80%)
Practical exercises (20%).
Must be enrolled in course version {3420, 3421, 3422}
This unit is only available to students enrolled in the Graduate Certificate, Graduate Diploma or Masters of Biostatistics.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2013 (Off-campus) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | A/Prof R Wolfe |
This unit involves the study of basic probability and calculus-based methods of underpinning probability distributions and parameter estimation.
At the completion of this unit the student will be able to:
Written assignments (100%)
This unit is only available to students enrolled in the Graduate Certificate, Graduate Diploma or Masters of Biostatistics.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2013 (Off-campus) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Andrew Forbes |
This unit will involve students being exposed to a real-life biostatistical problem arising in an academic health research environment or industry. They will be supervised by an experienced biostatistician with a staff or honorary appointment at Monash University. Students will be allocated, or may select, one research project to be involved in, and will be required to make regular contact with the associated health research personnel together with the supervisor. The student will perform an analysis of appropriate complexity for the project and present and interpret the results in a written form to the health researcher and supervisor.
On completion of this unit students should be able to:
Written report 100%
This unit is only available to students enrolled in the Graduate Certificate, Graduate Diploma or Masters of Biostatistics.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor V Gebski |
This unit introduces advanced methods used in clinical research & clinical trials in particular. Group sequential methods are introduced as a mechanism for allowing investigators to perform interim analyses while the data is accumulating without compromising the scientific & statistical validly of the study. Regulatory guidelines for conduct & reporting of clinical trials are presented & discussed in detail. More advanced designs than the simple parallel-group randomized trial to assess superiority are presented, namely crossover, equivalence & non-inferiority trials. Finally an introduction to problems of defining & using surrogate endpoints as substitutes for direct clinical outcomes will be provided, including definitions, statistical properties & examples.
On completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Four written assignments (worth 25%, 25%, 10%, 40% respectively).
This unit is only available to students enrolled in the Graduate Certificate, Graduate Diploma or Masters of Biostatistics.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Liz Bishop |
Develops the critical ability to evaluate the human rights considerations pertinent to research in situation in which the autonomy of potential participants is gravely diminished, for example: refugee populations, people living in poverty, conditions of civil rights violations, war or internal conflicts. How should research with vulnerable populations be undertaken, if at all?
At the completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Written assignments (60%)
Contributions to online discussion (40%)
Weekly contribution to online discussion forum and reading as required.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Second semester 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Liz Bishop |
Builds awareness of key bioethical issues in research and in international collaborative health research. The history of rules guiding research and essential components of ethical review process. Geopolitical purposes, 10/90 disequilibrium, relationship between research parties including host and sponsor countries, multilateral organisations and pharmaceutical companies, trial design and community / potential participants, informed consent, placebo controlled trials, justice issues including benefit access and capacity building. Different international and national guidelines reviewed.
On completion of this unit, students should be able to:
and
Written assignments (60%)
contribution to online discussion forum (40%)
Reading as required and contribution to weekly online discussion forum
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr L Bishop |
Introductory approach to international and domestic law to research. Examination of legal approach to substantive issues such as consent, confidentiality, discrimination, contract, intellectual property and human rights as well as different international codes, guidelines and standards.
On completion of this unit, students should be able to:
and
Written assignments (60%)
Contribution to online discussion forum (40%)
Weekly reading as required and contribution to online discussion forum
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Liz Bishop |
Assignment to a human research ethics committee. Observation of aspects of their functioning, including understanding the different perspectives of the various members of the committee, and the administrative processes involved in running such a committee.
On completion of this unit students should be able to:
and
Written assignments (60%)
Contribution to online discussion forum (40%)
Weekly reading as required and contribution to online discussion forum.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mairead Dolan |
This unit aims to equip professionals with a broad-based understanding of basic legal and criminological principles. The unit then builds on this knowledge by examining key areas involving the interaction between mental health and the law, and examining the role of the 'expert witness'.
Upon completion of this unit the student will be able to:
Workshop presentation/Alternative Assessment - 10%
Applied Learning Exercise - 30%
Essay - 60%
All assessments must be passed to pass the unit.
TBA
Two day on-campus workshop
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Andrew Carroll |
Designed to provide students with an understanding of the role of mental health in criminal offending this unit provides an overview of the relevant research (drawn from psychological, psychiatric, criminological and sociological studies), key findings and the practical implications of these findings. Different types of mental disorders (psychotic, mood, personality, substance use) associated with offending are considered and explanatory models which incorporate the role of symptoms, cognitions, biological and sociological factors are discussed.
On completion of this unit the student will be able to:
Workshop presentation/Alternative Assessment - 10%
Applied Learning Exercise - 30%
Essay - 60%
All assessments must be passed to pass the unit.
Two day on-campus workshop
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Clare McInerney |
This unit is designed to assist professionals working within both Correctional Services and Mental Health Services to develop a better understanding of the causes of conflict between the two systems, the issues that underpin such conflict and to develop ways of more effectively working at the interface of these two systems. The unit is also designed to equip professionals with a deeper understanding of the role of mental health clinicians and the clinical challenges associated with working within the correctional system.
On completion of this unit, the student will be expected to be able to:
Workshop presentation/Alternative Assessment - 10%
Applied Learning Exercise - 30%
Essay - 60%
All assessments must be passed to pass the unit.
Two day on-campus workshop
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mairead Dolan |
This unit has been designed to create a developmental context for understanding a range of issues which characterise at risk behaviour in youth. Students will gain a broader understanding of these behaviours, as seen from a range of perspectives: legal, epidemiological, psychological, sociological and psychiatric. The unit will be of interest to those currently working with at risk youth as well as providing insights into the aetiology of a range of maladaptive behaviours in adult life.
Upon completion of this unit the student will:
Workshop presentation/Alternative Assessment - 10%
Structured Learning Task - 30%
Essay - 60%
All assessments must be passed to pass the unit.
Two day on-campus workshop.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Troy McEwan |
The unit covers the aetiology and principles of management of commonly occurring antisocial 'problem behaviours' : violence, stalking, uttering threats, sexual offending, fire-setting, and abnormal complaining. Based on psychological and criminological theory of such behaviours a framework is presented, then applied to each specific behaviour. The role of mental disorder in the genesis of such behaviours is considered, in addition to the multiple psychological and social factors involved. Students will gain a theoretical understanding and develop a pragmatic model for working with a broad range of perpetrators in an ethical and evidence-based fashion.
On completion of this unit students will be able to:
Workshop presentation/Alternative Assessment - 10%
Applied Learning Exercise - 30%
Essay - 60%
All assessments must be passed to pass the unit.
Two day on-campus workshop
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Andrew Carroll |
This unit provides students with a conceptual framework for the assessment and management of risk. Key theoretical and systematic principles are emphasized, so that the knowledge obtained will be applicable to a broad range of professional backgrounds. This unit will familiarize students with the key theoretical and basic statistical concepts involved in assessing and managing risk, with special reference to human services and criminal justice systems. It will encourage an ethical, effective systemic approach to risk management and quality assurance. Common concerns such as medico-legal liability, defensible decision making documentation and information sharing will be covered.
Special emphasis will be given to assessment and management of three areas of common concern: the risk of aggression; the risk of suicide; and the risk of client disengagement from services.
Upon completion of this unit the student will be able to:
Workshop presentation/Alternative Assessment - 10%
Applied Learning Exercise - 30%
Essay - 60%
All assessments must be passed to pass the unit.
Two day on-campus workshop.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Tessa Maguire |
This unit will explore the social, political, legal, ethical and practice context of care for mentally disordered offenders. Clinical issues in forensic psychiatry and the needs of forensic mental health patients will be discussed. The knowledge and skills required by practitioners to assess and care for mentally disordered offenders will be developed.
Upon completion of this unit the student will be able to:
Workshop/Alternative Assessment 10%
one case study (1500 words) 15%
one assignment (1500 words) 15%+ Essay (3500 - 4000 words) 60%
All assessments must be passed to pass the unit.
Two day on-campus workshop.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Victorian Institute of Forensic Medicine |
Offered | Southbank First semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor David Ranson |
The law of evidence is a branch of adjectival law. It consists of legal rules, procedural rules and administrative arrangements whereby courts and tribunals within the justice system receive and evaluate evidence.
To perform satisfactorily in this field a forensic medical practitioner's communication skills must be of a high order and they need to understand the legal principles that govern the admissibility of their evidence.
This unit will enable students to gain practical skills in the delivery of medical evidence in courts and tribunals, in the preparation of medico legal reports to be used as items of evidence and in the techniques of advocacy that can modify the way in which a medical practitioner's evidence is received by courts.
Tutorials and presentations will be used to lay the foundations for some of the basic academic objectives of the course. Workshops will be used to establish witness skills and oral communication techniques and a moot court will be used to develop practical skills in presenting evidence and developing strategies to deal with the medico legal and advocacy issues that arise during the examination and cross-examination of witnesses including expert witnesses.
On completion of this unit the student is expected to:
Assignments/Essays (50%)
Casebook Workbook (25%)
Skills Evaluation (25%)
Compulsory 2 day workshop
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Victorian Institute of Forensic Medicine |
Offered | Southbank First semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor D Wells |
The unit focuses on the issues surrounding the interpretation of injuries. Areas include the pathophysiology of injuries with particular reference to the anatomical, physiological and pathological principles; injury classification; documentation including forensic photography; injury patterns and circumstances of causation. Students will be expected to participate with clinical and post mortem cases.
On completion of this unit the student will be expected to:
Assignments / Essays (20%)
Case Studies (30%)
Casebook workbook (30%)
Skills Evaluation (20%)
Compulsory 2 day workshop
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Victorian Institute of Forensic Medicine |
Offered | Southbank Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Emeritus Professor L Waller |
The unit aims to help students become familiar with the tools and vocabulary of ethical discourse in medicine. A framework for this discourse is built, based on the four basic principles of autonomy, beneficence, non-maleficence and justice. The elements which go to make up the Australian Legal System are covered as well as those particular areas of law relating to forensic medical practice, i.e. consent, confidentiality and disclosure, issues at both the beginning and end of life.
The aims of this unit are:
Assignments / Essays (50%)
Presentations (25%)
Casebook Workbook (25%)
Compulsory 2 day workshop
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Victorian Institute of Forensic Medicine |
Offered | Southbank First semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Mrs Katherine Davey |
Practitioners need to be familiar with the scope and limitations of the various branches of forensic science to know when and how they may assist in particular cases. Topics to be covered include the principles of forensic science, forensic biology, forensic botany, crime scene examination, specimen collections, forensic anthropology, forensic odontology and forensic entomology.
On completion of this unit the student is expected to:
Assignments / Essays (25%)
Case Studies (15%)
Presentations (10%)
Casebook Workbook (50%)
Compulsory 2 day workshop
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Victorian Institute of Forensic Medicine |
Offered | Southbank First semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor David Wells |
Paediatric forensic medicine encompasses the medico-legal issues arising from the provision of a medical service to children. The unit will largely focus on the medical assessment of cases of suspected child sexual abuse.
The aim of this unit is to develop student's skills in the evaluation and management of children and adolescents suspected of being sexually abused. Integral to both evaluation and management will be a knowledge of the relevant legislation, policing and protective agencies, injury patterns, specialised investigative techniques and treatment.
On completion of this unit the student will be expected to:
Assignment 1 - Workbook questions 2,3,4, and 9: 15%
Assignment 2 - Case critique: 20%
Assignment 3 - Workbook questions 12, 13, 14, 15: 20%
Face to face teaching & case presentation: 15%
Essay: 30%
12 hours of study per week over the semester. This will include contact time (25 hours), private study (text and readings), assessment tasks (case studies, assignments), and involvement in case work, plus a compulsory 2 day workshop
Off-campus (distance education) with a two-three day attendance block during the semester.
A registered medical practitioner who is involved in assessing (or may be required to assess) children/adolescents when child/adolescent sexual abuse is suspected.
FOR2006 Paediatric Forensic Medicine
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Victorian Institute of Forensic Medicine |
Offered | Southbank First semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor David Wells |
Paediatric forensic medicine encompasses the medico-legal issues arising from the provision of a medical service to children. The unit will largely focus on developing practitioners' skills required for the medical assessment of cases of suspected non-accidental injury in children.
Such assessments require knowledge of the relevant legislation, injury patterns, specialised investigative techniques, documentation and interpretation. Teaching will focus on trauma and forensic principles, childhood development, injury patterns (both accidental and non-accidental), medical conditions that may mimic injurious events presentation of findings and opinions to the courts.
Assignment 1 - Questions: 20%
Assignment 2 - Case critique: 20%
Face to face teaching & case presentation: 10%
Essay: 50%
12 hours of study per week over the Semester. This will include contact time (25 hours), private study (text and readings), assessment tasks (case studies, assignments), and involvement in case work, plus a compulsory 2 day workshop.
Off-campus (distance education) with a two-three day attendance block during the semester.
A registered medical practitioner who is involved in assessing (or may be required to assess) children where there are concerns of non-accidental injury.
Nil
FOR2006 (Paediatric Forensic Medicine).
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Victorian Institute of Forensic Medicine |
Offered | Southbank First semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Anthony Hill |
Forensic Odontology encompasses the intersection between dentistry and the law. Practitioners in this field require a solid understanding of all aspects of dental practice as it relates to medico-legal investigation.
The aim of this unit is to provide students with knowledge and practical skills that will enable them to apply their dental knowledge to questions of legal/coronial import, especially in the field of human identification.
Forensic Odontology practitioners require expert knowledge in areas including; injury interpretation, evidence interpretation, dental anthropology, forensic anthropology, imaging technology, mortuary practice, and medico-legal report writing.
On successful completion of this unit students will be able to:
Assignment -25%
Case report 25%
Oral presentation - 25%
Case book - 25%
2 day workshop
+ Graduate with the degree of Bachelor of Medicine/Surgery or Bachelor of Dentistry in an Australian University; or
+ Have qualifications which, in the opinion of the Faculty Board, are equivalent to or are a satisfactory substitute for the qualifications described above; and
+ Have at least 3 years experience in clinical or dental practice.
+ Provide proof of Medical or Dental Board registration
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Victorian Institute of Forensic Medicine |
Offered | Southbank Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Richard Bassed |
The primary function of Forensic Odontology is to identify unknown deceased individuals who cannot be visually recognized by close family members. Forensic Odontology practitioners require expert knowledge in areas including; post-mortem examination technique, ante-mortem record interpretation and transposition, specialized post-mortem imaging methods, and cranio-facial superimposition techniques.
The aim of this unit is to provide students with a thorough understanding of the standard methods involved in post-mortem dental examination techniques leading to the identification of unknown deceased individuals. The unit is designed to provide practicing dentists with the required knowledge and skills so that they will be able to conduct a standard forensic identification case from the beginning to its completion.
After successfully completing this unit a student will be expected to have acquired the knowledge and skills required to:
Assignment 20%
Case Studies 30%
Oral Presentation 20%
Case Book 30%
It is expected that students will need to undertake approximately 12 hours of study per week over the semester. This will include contact time, private study, assessment tasks (case studies, assignments) and involvement in case work. Students are required to attend all workshops offered at the Department of Forensic Medicine during the semester.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Victorian Institute of Forensic Medicine |
Offered | Southbank First semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Richard Bassed |
The aim of this unit is to provide students with a thorough understanding of all aspects of forensic odontology relating to the treatment of living people in a legal setting. The unit is designed for practicing dentists and medical practitioners who wish to gain a greater understanding of how to deal with the examination and reporting of injuries caused by the teeth, and injuries inflicted to the oro-facial complex. The unit will also cover dental age estimation techniques, identification of unknown living individuals and issues surrounding dental malpractice and fraud investigations.
On successful completion of this unit students will be expected to have acquired the knowledge and skills required to:
ASSIGNMENT 20%
CASE STUDIES 30%
ORAL PRESENTATION 20%
CASE BOOK 30%
It is expected that students will need to undertake approximately 12 hours of study per week over the semester. This will include contact time, private study, assessment tasks (case studies, assignments) and involvement in case work. Students are required to attend all workshops offered at the Department of Forensic Medicine during the semester.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Victorian Institute of Forensic Medicine |
Offered | Southbank Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Anthony Hill |
Forensic Odontology encompasses the intersection between dentistry and the law. Practitioners in this field require a solid understanding of all aspects of dental practice as it relates to medico-legal investigation
The aim of this unit is to provide students with a sound theoretical and practical knowledge of all Phases of the Disaster Victim Identification (DVI) process and the role the forensic odontologist plays in each Phase. It will provide the student with the capability of operating in both national and international response teams.
Upon completion of this unit, students will be expected to have acquired the knowledge and skills required to:
Case Study 40%
Oral Presentation 25%
Short Answer Assignments 35%
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Victorian Institute of Forensic Medicine |
Offered | Southbank Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Vanita Parekh |
Sexual assault is addressed in this unit as it pertains to a doctor working in a therapeutic and forensic role with victims. Theoretical and historical perspectives are considered in order to provide a thorough grounding for practical discussions on current legislation and police investigation. The medical role will be examined in detail. Forensic responsibilities are dealt with including specimen collection, laboratory liaison and injury interpretation. The unit will address the medico-legal report and the role of the expert witness in court appearances.
On completion of the unit the student will be expected to:
Assignments / Essays (35%)
Case Studies (25%)
Casebook Workbook (35%)
Skills Evaluation (5%)
Compulsory 2 day workshop
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Victorian Institute of Forensic Medicine |
Offered | Southbank Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr M Odell |
The aim of this unit is to present the medical issues applicable to road trauma. The topics covered include the law and policing practices, driving skills and the impact of alcohol, other drugs and medical conditions on these skills, the effects of ageing on fitness to drive, interpretation of traffic injuries, the principles of traffic engineering and road trauma epidemiology.
On completion of this unit the student will be expected to:
Assignments / Essays (80%)
Presentations (10%)
Casebook Workbook (10%)
Compulsory 2 day workshop
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Victorian Institute of Forensic Medicine |
Offered | Southbank Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Prof O Drummer |
Teaching in this unit aims to develop students' familiarity with the concepts of clinical and post-mortem toxicology. The unit also focuses on the basic pharmacokinetic and pharmacological properties of commonly abused drugs found in forensic medical cases. Emphasis will be on behavioural issues of these drugs and how they relate to forensic practice. Such issues include the effects on cognitive and psychomotor skills in drivers and in the workplace and other adverse reactions attributed to drug misuse.
On completion of this unit the student will be expected to:
Case study 1: 20%
Case study 2: 30%
Presentation: 25%
Workbook: 25%
Compulsory 2 day workshop
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Victorian Institute of Forensic Medicine |
Offered | Southbank Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Michael Levy |
The aim of this unit is to present and discuss the current issues arising from the provision of a medical service in a custodial setting. The topics covered provide insights into the health impacts of penal institutions and the powers and responsibilities of custodians; ethical issues; fitness for interview; fitness for detention; deaths in custody; interpersonal violence and the assessment and management of some frequently presenting medical problems (specifically mental illness and addiction).
On completion of this unit the student is expected to:
Assignments / Essays (30%)
Case Studies (40%)
Presentations (10%)
Casebook Workbook (20%)
Compulsory 2 day workshop
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Victorian Institute of Forensic Medicine |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Vanita Parekh |
Developing and implementing adult sexual assault services must be founded upon evidence based clinical practice and an understanding of a variety of perspectives. Advanced Issues in Sexual Violence will provide insight into a variety of perspectives of adult sexual assault including local, national and international.
The following topics will be taught within this unit:
On successful completion of the unit, students will be expected to have developed a broad knowledge of the published data in relation to local, national and international perspectives of adult sexual assault. They will have acquired the knowledge and skills required to provide input into the delivery of adult sexual assault medical services and teaching programs.
Upon successful completion of this unit a student will be expected to have acquired the knowledge and skill sets to:
Assignment (30%)
Participation in a topic related debate (10%)
Presentation (20%)
Dissertion and oral structured interview (40%)
It is expected that students will need to undertake approximately 12 hours of study per week over the Semester. This will include contact time (16 hours), private study (text and readings), assessment tasks (case studies, assignments), and involvement in case work. Students are required to attend a 2 day workshop during the semester.
A registered medical practitioner who is involved in assessing (or may be required to assess) victims of sexual violence. The medical practitioner must be able to show evidence of working or training in the field of sexual assault medicine.
Successful completion of the Adult Sexual Assault Unit, FOR5005 with a grade of credit or above.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Victorian Institute of Forensic Medicine |
Offered | Southbank First semester 2013 (Off-campus) Southbank Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) Southbank Full year 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor David Wells |
This unit offers students the opportunity to apply and consolidate the knowledge and professional skills they have acquired through the course within the practical context of forensic medicine. It requires independent learning and research by the student while fostering practical knowledge and skills related to the student's field of activity. Students undertake a project with a forensic medicine focus, in the area which they choose.
Project (12,000 words) (100%)
Completion of core units for the Masters of Forensic Medicine - Honours level
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Victorian Institute of Forensic Medicine |
Offered | Southbank First semester 2013 (Day) Southbank Second semester 2013 (Day) Southbank Full year 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Prof Stephen Cordner |
Autopsy techniques will be taught via experiential learning in the mortuary, with experience practitioners from the VIFM acting as tutors/supervisors. Over the 12 months of training, the student will be required to apply the learned techniques to different types of cases, allocated to ensure as wide a range of experience as possible is gained. Students will also be given practical instruction in techniques to forensic odontology and anthropology that are used to support forensic pathology practice, particularly in identifying unknown remains.
Upon completion of the unit the student will be expected to:
Performance of autopsies and presentation of findings (25%), Oral and written examination (50%), Casebook (25%).
Students will attend regular pathologists meetings approx 40 hours, 200 hours in mortuary engaged in practical work and observation. Approx 72 hours individual study and case book preparation.
Enrolment by Department of Forensic Medicine permission only
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Victorian Institute of Forensic Medicine |
Offered | Southbank Full year 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | A/Prof David Ranson |
Coronial and other medico-legal death investigation systems.
This topic provides a framework and wider context for the practice of forensic pathology and covers:
Actual and theoretical models for death investigation systems, using examples from Australia, other jurisdictions and recent reform proposals in the UK including issues of organisation and administration, investigation powers and inquests/formal hearings.
Relationships with forensic pathology and science services.
Management of bodies and tissues.
Interaction with next of kin.
Death Scene Investigation
This topic will provide students with theoretical knowledge and practical skills to observe and analyse evidence at death scenes, enhancing their ability to work effectively with other participants in the process and assist in answering questions about the cause and the circumstances of deaths under investigation. These skills will be applied to a range of special scenes to provide students with as varied and relevant experience as possible:
Deaths in Custody
Hospitals and other Health Institutions
Transport Related Deaths
Mass Disaster
War Crimes Death Investigation
Industrial Deaths
Fire Scenes
Explosion Scenes
Exhumations
On completion of this unit the student is expected to:
Assignments 30%, Case Study presentation 40% and Oral Examination 30%.
60 Contact hors (tutorials and attendance at scenes), 50 hours of case and practical work and approximately 46 hours for individual study, assignments and case book preparation.
Enrolment by Department of Forensic Medicine permission only
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Monash Passport category | Research Challenge (Investigate Program) |
Offered | Gippsland First semester 2013 (Off-campus) Peninsula First semester 2013 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Pamela Wood (Gippsland, off-campus), Dr Beverley Copnell (Clayton Campus, on-campus) |
Research is integral to nursing practice. As leaders in clinical practice, education or management, it is essential that Master's-prepared nurses have the skills to effectively consume, produce and apply research knowledge to ensure that practice is based on appropriate and critiqued evidence. This unit will provide students with the theoretical knowledge required to evaluate research evidence for use in clinical practice, education or management, and will prepare students to undertake their own research project.
On completion of the unit it is expected that students will be able to:
Written assignment (4000words) 40%
Written assignment (5000 word) 60%
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) Clayton Summer semester A 2013 (Day) Clayton Summer semester B 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Beverley Copnell (Clayton), Dr Beverley Copnell (Peninsula), Ms Jenny Grubb (off-campus) |
The unit gives nursing graduates a program which combines a strong theoretical and practical focus to health services management. Topics on management and administration include: change and organisational structures; power, authority and politics, leadership; people in health service organisation, change and organisational effectiveness. Flexible delivery mode includes optional seminars, which assist the student with applied skills such as quality assurance and best practice models, managing budgets, managing programs, the preparation of business plans and quality improvement plans and program evaluation.
On completion of this unit and with further study and practice, the student will be expected to:
Three assignments: 30%, 20%, 50%
6 hours per week
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Obstetrics and Gynaecology |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Mark Hedger |
This unit provides students with a theoretical and practical background to reproductive endocrinology. Information about the general organisation and regulation of the reproductive endocrine system will be taught including hormones produced by the pituitary, hypothalamus, ovary and testis and their respective interactions, regulation and mode of action. The role of growth factors will also be considered. Students will also learn about the ethical considerations required in human and animal experimentation, acquire basic laboratory and tissue culture skills and complete a biostatistics series to learn how to interpret and analyse biomedical research data.
On completion of this unit students will have:
Open-book written examination (1.5 hours): 50%
3 written practical reports: 50%
This unit is conducted over six weeks in the first semester. For the first five weeks, students are required to attend lectures and practical session. It is expected that all students, including part-time students, attend all the lectures and practical classes from Week 1 to Week 6 inclusive.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Obstetrics and Gynaecology |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | A/Prof Peter Temple-Smith |
Cellular and whole organ events involved in reproductive endocrinology and development, and the interactions between the reproductive organs are covered in this unit. The development and differentiation of the male and female reproductive systems through the examination of oocyte and follicular development; ovarian cycles including oestrous and menstrual cycles; testicular function and cell/cell interactions in the testis and fertilisation are also taught. Students will also undertake a research project to gain experience in planning projects and reporting findings.
On completion of this unit, students will have:
Open-book written examination (1.5 hours): 50%
Literature review (3000 words): 25%
Written project report in the form of a scientific paper: 15%
Oral Critical Journal Review: 10%
This unit will be held over 3 weeks in first semester. Students are required to attend all lectures, tutorials and journal review sessions. In addition attendance is required from 9 am to 5 pm for a one week practical laboratory project.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Obstetrics and Gynaecology |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Sarah Jansen & A/Prof Peter Temple-Smith |
All aspects of human pregnancy from implantation to the puerperium. Unit taught by both basic and clinical scientists, thereby affording the student an appreciation of the close integration between the disciplines. The module will be taught in four sections: implantation and placentation, the foetus, the mother and politics of pregnancy.
On completion of this unit students will have:
Open-book written examination (1.5 hours): 50%
Literature review (3000 words): 25%
Written project report in the form of a scientific paper: 15%
one oral presentation of the practical project: 10%.
This unit will be held over 3 weeks in first semester. Students are required to attend all lectures, tutorials and journal review sessions. In addition attendance is required from 9 am to 5 pm for a one week practical laboratory project.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Obstetrics and Gynaecology |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Sarah Jansen & A/Prof Peter Temple-Smith |
Builds on earlier course work concerning the basic mechanisms in reproductive biology. Demonstrating to students how the knowledge of the basic mechanisms can be applied to key problems in reproductive health. Disorders of sexual development and the normal processes involved in puberty and the menopause plus reproductive toxicology are covered. Key elements of sexually transmitted disease and the HIV pandemic discussions will provide the student with the pathological processes involved in these disorders. Reproductive disorders covered include the common reproductive cancers, menstrual disorders, infertility and erectile dysfunction.
On completion of this unit students will:
Open-book written examination (1.5 hours): 60%
Literature review (5000 words): 30%
Oral presentation: 10%
This unit will be held over six weeks in the second semester. Students are required to attend all lectures and tutorials. Student are also required to present an oral presentation.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Obstetrics and Gynaecology |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Sarah Meachem & Dr Kristy Brown |
Regulating the size of a population and the rate of population growth is a major problem for many countries. Ensuring infertile couples have the opportunity to form a family is also an important issue. The current trends in population growth and the policies introduced in countries to regulate this growth is explored as well as the extent of infertility and the legislation introduced nationally and internationally to regulate its treatment. The medical, legal and ethical aspects of present and future methods available to control fertility (contraception, contragestion and abortion) and for overcoming infertility (assisted reproductive technology) will be addressed.
On completion of this unit, students will:
Open-book written examination (1.5 hours): 60%
Literature review (5000 words): 30%
Journal Review presentation: 10%
This unit will be held over six weeks in the second semester. Students are required to attend all lectures and tutorials. Students must also present 3 journal reviews and attend a round table discussion.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Obstetrics and Gynaecology |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | A/Prof Peter Temple-Smith |
This unit will focus on the reproductive biology and breeding of animals. The lectures and tutorials will build on an understanding of basic reproductive physiology and endocrinology to explore ways in which reproduction can be manipulated to increase the reproductive efficiency and genetic gain in farm animals and animals in danger of becoming extinct. How this information can be applied to the monitoring and regulation of reproduction in pets, zoo animals, Australian native animals and vertebrate pest species will also be explored. The approaches that will be examined include hormonal and immunological manipulation of reproduction, artificial insemination (AI), in vitro fertilization (IVF), intra-cytoplasmic sperm. A facility that is using these approaches will allow students to see first hand how fundamental information can be applied to achieve environmental and/or commercial outcomes.
On completion of this unit students will:
Open-book written examination (1.5 hours): 50%
Practical work and report: 30%
one mini-seminar 20%
This unit will be held over six weeks in second semester. In addition to attendance at lectures and tutorials students are required to attend practical demonstrations and site visits. Attendance from 9 am to 5 pm for a 3 day laboratory project is also required.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Obstetrics and Gynaecology |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Sally Catt |
The new reproductive technologies are now widely used for the treatment of human infertility and for prenatal diagnosis of familial genetic disorders. These techniques involve in vitro fertilization (IVF) and therefore require a sound knowledge of reproductive endocrinology, cell biology and specific techniques involved in the handling and maturation of human sperm and ova. Micromanipulation is an important new method required for fertilization (intracytoplasmic sperm injection - ICSI) and chromosome or genetic diagnosis (embryo biopsy for fluorescent in situ hybridisation - FISH, or polymerase chain reaction - PCR amplification of genomic DNA). This unit also involves the new and rapidly changing areas of cell and tissue cryobiology and transplantation. Specific tests are now also evolving for assessment of embryo viability, particularly now that embryos can be grown successfully to late preimplantation stages of development. These new techniques are presented in the context of laboratory quality assurance and the ethical and legal frameworks of local legislation and regulation.
On completion of this unit students will:
1. understand the clinical and laboratory techniques required for successful IVF, the reasons for the methods used, and why quality assurance is a premium for clinical IVF services; 2. comprehend the limitations of the procedures applied in human infertility and genetic diagnosis; 3. understand and have experienced micromanipulation, the handling of embryos (animal) and their cryopreservation, and have used the FISH technique to identify chromosomes in single cells; 4. have learned about ethics and the laws governing IVF, and assessed new articles on IVF; 5. have worked together to solve a problem and presented their solution as a poster; 6. be familiar with evaluating and communicating a critical review of contemporary scientific research papers.
Open-book written exam (1.5 hrs): 50%
Written report on quality assurance in an IVF program: 25%
Preparation of poster and oral poster presentation: 25%
This unit is held over 6 weeks in second semester. Students are required to attend all lectures, interactive sessions, practical sessions and a site visit to Monash IVF.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital First semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Ben Smith |
This unit provides opportunities to examine the impact of multiple factors that contribute to the health of Australia's population, known collectively as the social determinants of health as well as the opportunity to develop knowledge and skills in program planning for health promotion. Students will examine the intended and unintended effects of health promotion and its capacity to influence the determinants of health particularly on reducing disparities and inequities experienced between identifiable groups or categories of people within populations. They will also develop skills in needs assessment, priority setting, designating targets for change, using evidence and theory to make intervention choices and establishing systems for program management.
Review of literature (30%)
Case Study (20%)
Development of Program Plan (50%)
In addition to weekly activities and online discussions, two non-compulsory on-campus/on-site study blocks are offered.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Second semester 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | A/Prof Ben Smith |
This unit will equip students with skills to evaluate disease prevention and health promotion strategies using a range of methodologies. An emphasis will be placed on the evaluation challenges posed by the complexities of public health action and the contexts in which it is carried out, with case studies used to foster an understanding of these issues.
Comparison and analysis of evaluation design options (30%)
Development of impact measurement instrument (30%)
Evaluation plan (40%)
In addition to weekly activities and online discussions, two non-compulsory on-campus/on-site study blocks are offered.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Helen Keleher |
Health literacy is both a public health issue and the agendas of national health policy. One in five Australians do not have adequate literacy skills to participate effectively in everyday life and even fewer have high levels of health literacy, which is fundamental for good health. Health literacy involves a range of skills and knowledge including the sourcing and interpretation of health information, seeking of appropriate care and managing health decisions. At more upstream levels, health services need to become more responsive to health literacy issues and develop approaches to ensure their health communications are accessible to people of all literacies. In this unit students will examine health literacy concepts, measures of literacy, tools for readability and increasing understanding, and practical approaches for services to become health literate organisations.
On completion of this unit, students should be able to demonstrate and communicate a broad, critical conceptual and practical understanding of:
Off-campus with compulsory study days.
HSC5002 Foundations of health promotion and program planning
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) Clayton Full year 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
This unit comprises a major research program including submission of a thesis. The thesis should embody the results of the candidate's investigation, which demonstrates independence of thought and the candidate's ability to carry out research in that discipline. Minor coursework such as a literature review and oral presentation is specified by the enrolling department.
Major thesis
minor coursework as specified by the enrolling department.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Obstetrics and Gynaecology |
Offered | Clayton First semester (extended) 2013 (Day) Clayton First semester (extended) 2013 (Off-campus) |
This unit will provide students with an overview of the basic embryological knowledge that is essential for working in animal and human IVF laboratories. Theoretical information about hormonal control of reproduction, folliculogenesis, gametogenesis, fertilisation, implantation, early embryo development to gastrulation, germ and somatic cell lineages and also epigenetics from a cellular, genetic and molecular perspective will be presented and discussed in lectures and tutorials. Also an overview on potential stem cell therapies discussing the production and use of human embryonic stem cells, comparing with stem cells from adult and foetal origin will be given.
On completion of this unit students will be able to:
Written journal review comparison 35%
Written exam 65%
16h contact per week (lectures, tutorials,forums, self-directed study).
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Obstetrics and Gynaecology |
Offered | Clayton First semester (extended) 2013 (Day) Clayton First semester (extended) 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Sally Catt and Dr Peter Temple-Smith |
This unit will provide information about the infertile patient and the assisted reproduction technologies used to treat infertility. Students will identify the procedures performed in an IVF clinic and the roles of those involved. They will study the normal events of oocyte production in vivo and learn how these events are manipulated to increase the success of in vitro technologies. The unit also focuses on the outcomes of assisted reproductive technologies and its impact on the offspring generated. The theoretical basis of techniques such as oocyte collection and handling, oocyte maturation in vitro, preparation of oocytes for IVF, standard insemination, assessment of fertilization, and the handling, assessment, selection and transfer of embryos are presented and discussed in lectures, tutorials, and seminars. On-campus students will demonstrate knowledge of OHSE issues and aseptic techniques, and develop skills in laboratory maintenance, use of equipment, superovulation of mice and collection of embryos, embryo handling (mouse) and semen analysis (human).
On completion of this unit students will:
Written examination (40%)
Essay (27%)
Practical assessment: hands on skills (on campus only) and quizzes (33%)
24h contact per week (lectures, tutorials, forums, self-directed study, practical skills
training (on-campus)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Obstetrics and Gynaecology |
Offered | Clayton First semester (extended) 2013 (Day) Clayton First semester (extended) 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Sally Catt |
This unit provides students with the skills and opportunity to design and optimise embryo culture systems to ensure the best pregnancy outcomes for couples undertaking infertility treatment. This is achieved through a detailed understanding of critical cellular processes, with an aim to maximize normal embryo growth potential while minimizing stress. Students will learn the methods needed to accurately evaluate embryo quality and develop the ability to micro-manage IVF processes. This unit also provides students with a detailed understanding of cryopreservation techniques and the ability to critically discuss and evaluate these techniques and cryo-banking systems for oocytes, sperm, ovarian and testicular tissue and embryos in human IVF programs. The physico-chemical properties of permeant and non permeant cryoprotectants will be discussed in context with the slow cooling and vitrification methods.
On completion of this unit students will:
Written examination (2.5 hours)(40%)
Literature review for project (35%)
Critical review of Journal Article(25%)
20h contact per week (lectures, tutorials, forums, self-directed study)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Obstetrics and Gynaecology |
Offered | Clayton First semester (extended) 2013 (Day) Clayton First semester (extended) 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Mulyoto Pangestu |
The theoretical aspects of IVF, embryo production and cryopreservation will be covered in the previous unit reinforced by extensive practical training The theoretical knowledge gained in slow cooling and vitrification techniques will also enhanced by practical training. Students will freeze, thaw and analyse sperm samples, oocytes and embryos Students will gain a better understanding of media components by making and designing their own media. This unit enables students to develop and enhance their embryo handling skills.
On completion of this unit students will:
Practical skills on IVF (25%) and cryopreservation (25%)
Lab book assessment (10%)
Quiz (20%)
Research plan for project (20%)
30h contact per week (research,tutorials, self-directed study, practical skill training.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Obstetrics and Gynaecology |
Offered | Clayton Second semester (extended) 2013 (Day) Clayton Second semester (extended) 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Sally Catt |
This unit provides students with a detailed understanding of how to establish and equip an IVF laboratory and the quality control and quality assurance practises required to run an effective IVF service. New insights into the quality management framework for an embryology laboratory will allow students to understand and develop techniques for continuous quality improvement in their future workplaces, and to achieve ambitious goals. Knowledge gained in this unit is readily transferable into other areas of laboratory and research activities. Students will have the opportunity to visit IVF laboratories during a designated 'work experience' week and observe how they operate, what techniques are used and which services are offered. A report and an informal presentation (not assessed) on their site visit will enable students to share their experiences and compare the differences in techniques and practices between clinics.
On completion of this unit students will:
Written reports: IVF lab visit (33%)
Quality control, lab design (33%)
Essay 34%
6h contact per week (lectures, tutorials, forums, self-directed study, mock audits)
2-5 days IVF lab visits (on site)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Obstetrics and Gynaecology |
Offered | Clayton Second semester (extended) 2013 (Day) Clayton Second semester (extended) 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Sally Catt and Dr Peter Temple-Smith |
Students will conduct the practical aspects of their minor research project in this unit. At the completion of the research, the students will compile and analyse their data using appropriate statistical methodology. The students will interpret their results and write up a research report. Students will also present their data in poster form.
This unit will also provide students with training in the preparation of sperm for intracytoplasmic sperm injection (ICSI), the identification of spermatids, spermatocytes and other cell types recovered from testicular biopsies, and the assessment of fertilization. They will also be given practical training in ICSI mouse gametes using a variety of micromanipulation tools and instruments
On completion, students will be familiar with research methods including project planning, conducting laboratory-based research, data collection, data analysis, using appropriate statistical methods, and preparation of a 5000 word research report in the style of a journal article.They will also receive a sound training in ICSI.
On completion of this unit students will be able to:
Research report (5000 words) (50%)
Presentation of research by poster (17%)
Practical tests (ICSI) (33%)
20h contact per week (research project, practical skills training (on-campus)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Obstetrics and Gynaecology |
Offered | Clayton Second semester (extended) 2013 (Day) Clayton Second semester (extended) 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Sally Catt and Dr David Cram |
This unit will provide a detailed understanding of the molecular biology and genetic techniques essential in a clinical human IVF programs. Students will be taught the theoretical basis of current techniques in genetic diagnosis, polymerase chain reaction (PCR), fluorescent in situ hybridisation (FISH) and micro-array analysis. This knowledge is enhanced with practical training in embryo biopsy and analysis of resultant blastomeres by FISH and PCR techniques. On completion, students will possess a sound theoretical knowledge and understanding of the molecular and genetic techniques used in a clinical human genetics laboratory, and also become familiar with the different practical applications of these techniques.
On completion of this unit students will:
Written examination (20%)
Presentation of journal review (20%)
Essay (27%)
Practical assessment: hands on skills (on-campus only) and quizzes (33%)
16h contact per week (lectures, tutorials, forums, self-directed study, practical skills
training (on-campus)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Obstetrics and Gynaecology |
Offered | Clayton Second semester (extended) 2013 (Day) Clayton Second semester (extended) 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Giuliana Fuscaldo, Dr Sally Catt and Dr Peter Temple-Smith |
This unit examines the current legislation and regulations governing the clinical practice of Assisted Reproductive Technologies (ART) and related research, nationally and internationally. It describes the role of ethical frameworks and
principles in health decision-making and analyses regulation in ART with respect to underlying moral and ethical principles. An introduction to ethical problem solving is presented. The major ethical issues raised by assisted reproductive technologies are examined and critically evaluated.
On completion of this unit students will:
Written examination (50%)
Essay (25%)
Debate (25%)
16h contact per week (lectures, tutorials, debates, self-directed study)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Les Segal |
This course aims to provide a range of skills that will enhance the GP's role in whole person care of patients with musculoskeletal pain. It places considerable emphasis on management techniques and treatment modalities such as physical, chemical and behavioural. It deals with the epidemiology of musculoskeletal disease, diagnostic processes and developing a framework for rational diagnosis. It also covers practical issues of diagnosis and management and addresses problems both holistically and regionally.
On completion of this unit students should be able to:
Clinical Audit (50%)
Journal activities (50%)
MFM1014
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus) Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Craig Hassed |
While the art of medicine is often dominated by physical and technical considerations, doctors will also recognise that there are more subtle issues which make the way in which we use that technology meaningful. This area has to do with ethics, morality and law. In this unit the emphasis will be on the ethical decisions confronting doctors in daily practice. Topics covered include: the role of ethics in medical practice, philosophical ethics and principles in practice, ethical principles, critical perspectives, resource allocation, confidentiality and consent, life and death issues.
By the completion of this unit students should be able to:
Journal (60%)
Essay (20%)
Case commentary (20%)
MFM1017, MCM5117, MFM4017
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus) Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Abi Tenen |
Ophthalmology is often poorly understood by general practitioners, yet it forms an important component of the problems which patients present to doctors. The aim of this unit is not to make ophthalmologists out of general practitioners, rather, it aims to educate the GP as coordinator of health care, to know what needs to be referred and its urgency, and yet be able to manage with competence and confidence many of the common conditions which afflict the eye. As well, the unit also aims to enhance the linkage between the GP and allied health professionals like optometrists, and support groups for the visually disabled.
On completion of this unit students should be able to:
Clinical Audit (30%)
Journal (70%)
MFM1019
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus) Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Prof Leon Piterman |
Mental illness is one of the most common afflictions of developed communities with morbidity and mortality increasing each year. Australian data indicates that large segments of our population are at risk for mental illness, that a large component of mental illness is first seen in primary care settings where it is often unrecognised or inadequately managed. General practitioners intimate knowledge of patients, families and communities mean that they are ideally placed to provide effective primary care in depression and anxiety. This unit will explore issues such as the management and treatment of depression and anxiety disorders.
By the completion of this unit students should be able to:
Journal activities (Pass/fail)
2 Case reports (50% each)
CGP1002, CGP1003
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus) Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Andy Morgan |
This unit introduces the student to broad range of common dermatological problems encountered in the general practice setting, providing them with clinically relevant and up-to-date information on topics such as patterns and diagnosis of skin disease, erythematopapulosquamous diseases, dermal and subcutaneous problems, skin tumours and pigmented lesions, cutaneous manifestations of systematic diseases, skin infections, paediatric dermatology, cosmetic dermatology, Industrial dermatology and regional dermatology, amongst others. Topics are written by content specialists practicing in these areas, and are customised specifically for the general practitioner.
By the completion of this unit students should be able to:
Mid-term examination 15%
End of term examination 15%
Pictorial case studies (Sessions 1-5) 40%
Logbook (prospective audit) 30%
Journal (formative assessment)
MFM1004
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Karyn Alexander |
Paediatrics is an enormous field covering the whole range of clinical practice in the younger age group. This unit explores areas that are of practical relevance, interest and importance to the work of family practitioners, exploring child health problems as experienced in everyday practice. The aim for this unit is to increase skills and confidence to make treating that age group an even more interesting and satisfying part of general practice.
At the end of this unit participants should be able to :
Clinical audit (35%)
Essay (15%)
Journal (50%)
MFM1007
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr I Chenoweth |
Many GPs practicing today have little or no formal undergraduate training in health care issues that are relevant to older people. This elective unit covers the following: social aspects of ageing, clinical aspects of ageing, functional independence, rehabilitation and promoting independence, psychogeriatrics, bladder and bowel problems, tiredness, anorexia and weight loss, breathlessness, turns, tumbles and tremors, painful conditions, hypertension, leg ulcers and pressure ulcers, institutional and nursing home care, latrogenesis, healthy ageing - health promotion and disease prevention and ethical issues.
By the completion of this unit students should be able to:
Journal activities (40%)
Audit 1 (20%)
Essay (20%)
Audit 2 (20%)
MFM1012
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus) Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Prof Danielle Mazza |
This unit addresses aspects of women's sexual and reproductive health commonly encountered in the general practice setting. It will consider the particular way that women's sexual and reproductive health issues present in the general practice context, current controversies in women's sexual and reproductive health, current evidence and guidelines pertinent to investigation and management of womens sexual and reproductive health issues and consideration of the women's medical issues in a psychosocial context.
On completion of this course you should:
Journal (50%)
Audit of current practice (25%)
Case Study (25%)
Available to postgraduate students only
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus) Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Craig Hassed |
This unit examines the body of scientific evidence linking stress with mental and physical illness and with a range of abnormal lifestyle behaviours. It teaches practical skills in the form of relaxation and meditation techniques which students learn and practice themselves and can then teach their patients to carry out. The unit identifies the circumstances and conditions in which these techniques are most useful. The theory and practice are run in parallel throughout the unit.
By the end of this unit students should be able to:
Scientific stream:
Assignment (25%)
Essay (25%)
Practical stream:
Journal (50%)
DFM3002
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr G Wallace |
Pain is a common presenting problem in general practice, stimulating shared doctor and patient expectations of diagnosis and effective treatment. This unit attempts to improve the process of pain management by giving students clinically relevant and up to date information on topics including basic definition, anatomy, physiology of pain, psychological aspects of pain, evaluation of the patient with pain, role of the GP in pain management, role of pain clinics, specific disorders; migraine, neck and facial pain, TMJ, thoracic and lumbar pain, musculoskeletal pain including fibromyalgia, cancer pain and pain management in palliative care.
By the end of this unit students should be able to:
Preliminary audit 15%
Post course audit 15%
Assessment tasks 70%
DFM3003
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus) Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Ian Chenoweth |
In order to prescribe in the most appropriate manner, the general practitioner needs a broad perspective. Rational prescribing needs an understanding of: the pressures affecting a practitioner which may influence his or her prescribing patterns, the consumer and factors which impinge upon optimal use of medication, and of the subtle and not so subtle influences and constraints of manufacturers and government which determine the milieu within which practitioners prescribe. This unit aims to have such a perspective, covering topics from the practical philosophy of rational prescribing to the future of clinical pharmacology.
Upon completion of this unit students should be able to:
Assignment 1 (25%)
Assignment 2 (25%)
Assignment 3 (20%)
Assignment 4 (30%)
DFM3006
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr C Hassed |
Diabetes is a common disease of increasing prevalence in Australia and the rest of the world and is major source of preventable morbidity and mortality. Much of the diagnosis, treatment and monitoring of diabetic patients falls on the shoulders of General Practitioners. This unit will enhance the skills and knowledge of General Practitioners on all aspects of diabetes mellitus diagnosis and management and lifestyle modification and will include utilisation of medical specialists and diabetes support services.
By the completion of this unit students should be able to:
Case study (40%)
Pre course and post course audit (60%)
DFM3007
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus) Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Henry Taub |
This unit aims to acquaint family physicians with the latest information about andrological topics - and to make them confident and comfortable in dealing with patients who suffer from the many disorders of the male reproductive organs. The content of the unit will cover: androgens; male infertility; erectile dysfunction; benign prostate disease, prostate cancer, testicular tumours and sexually transmitted infections. The Department of General Practice acknowledges Andrology Australia, an initiative of the Australian Government Department of Health and Ageing, for its financial commitment to the initial development of this module.
By the end of this unit students should be able to:
Journal activities (25%)
Essay (25%)
Audit part 1 and Audit part 2 (50%)
DFM3008
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr S Wijesinha |
General practitioners are in the best position to identify individuals who are at risk of heart disease, and so implement primary prevention. This unit focuses on the modern assessment and management of cardiovascular problems encountered by the general practitioner. Topics covered include: hypertension, chest pain, atrial fibrillation, heart failure and syncope.
By the completion of this unit students should be able to:
Journal activities (pass/fail)
Essay (25%)
Essay (25%)
Audit part 1 and Audit part 2 (50%)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | Mrs Jeanette Beaufoy |
Seminars include psychoanalytic theories and psychopathology including an in-depth study of the work of Sigmund Freud and Melanie Klein. The applied seminars continue and include consultation, ethics and research. Clinical Supervision: individual Psychotherapy supervision, 2 hours per week. Parent Therapy Supervision, 1 hour per week. Infant Observation Seminar, 1 hour per week.
The objectives of this unit are:
Trainees' performance on seminars
trainees performance on the infant observation seminars
Written report submitted by clinical supervisors for each trainee detailing progress made
An integration of the various aspects of the unit are to be demonstrated
MCP5001 (MCP0001) and MCP5002 (MCP0002)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | Mrs Jeanette Beaufoy |
Seminars include psychoanalytic theories and psychopathology including an in-depth study of the work of Sigmund Freud and Melanie Klein. The applied seminars continue and include consultation, ethics, trauma and research. Clinical Supervision: individual psychotherapy supervision, 2 hours per week. Parent Therapy Supervision, 1 hour per week. Infant Observation Seminar, 1 hour per week.
The objectives of this unit are:
Trainees' performance on seminars
Written account of the year's infant observations to be submitted
Written report submitted by clinical supervisors for each trainee detailing progress made
An integration of the various aspects of the unit are to be demonstrated.
MCP5001 (MCP0001) and MCP5002 (MCP0002) and MCP5003 (MCP0003)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mrs Jeanette Beaufoy |
Seminars include psychoanalytic theories and psychopathology including the work of Sigmund Freud, Melanie Klein and Wilfred Bion.. Clinical and Research seminars continue. Clinical Supervision: individual psychotherapy supervision, 2 hours per week. Parent Therapy Supervision, 1 hour per week.
The objectives of this unit are:
Trainees' performance on seminars
Written report submitted by clinical supervisors for each trainee detailing progress made
An integration of the various aspects of the unit are to be demonstrated in the students' clinical work
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mrs Jeanette Beaufoy |
Seminars include psychoanalytic theories and psychopathology including the work of Sigmund Freud, Melanie Klein and Wilfred Bion. Clinical and Research Seminars continue. Clinical Supervision: individual psychotherapy supervision, 2 hours per week. Parent Therapy Supervision, 1 hour per week
The objectives of this unit are:
Trainees' performance on seminars
Written report submitted by clinical supervisors for each trainee detailing progress made
An integration of the various aspects of the unit are to be demonstrated.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | TBA |
This is a core unit in the Graduate Certificate of Disaster Preparedness and Management. This unit provides an introduction to the field of study. The unit includes international disaster epidemiology, the disaster cycle, the science and contemporary models of disaster preparedness and management. The unit will introduce national and international organisations, academic resources and an introduction to the multi-disciplinary approach and the community, social and political concepts of disasters and disaster management. A major consideration will be an overview of the personal attributes and emergency management leadership required in disaster preparedness and management. Students will apply the principles in this Unit to their respective professional practice.
By the completion of this unit, the student will be able to:
3 part assignment (3,000 words) - 45% Assignment (3,000 words) - 55%
On-campus students:
156 hours including 5 day full-time block release, supported by online tutorials using MUSO.
Off-campus students:
Students are required to spend 12 hours per week on this unit working through self-directed learning materials, participating in tutorials through MUSO and in preparation of unit assessment tasks (156 hours total).
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | TBA |
This is a core unit in the Graduate Certificate of Disaster Preparedness and Management. The unit begins by outlining the classification and scope of major events that actually, or potentially, threaten the health status of a community. Contemporary models are described to examine and structure disaster risk reduction and preparedness. The unit will apply these models to a sample of recent major events in Australia, Oceania and/or Asia to develop the principles of emergency preparedness and capacity building. A major consideration will be exploring the personal attributes and emergency management leadership through effective communication with the community in times of emergency preparedness for major events. Students will apply the principles in this Unit to their respective professional practice.
On completion of this unit, students will be able to:
3 part assignment (3,000 words) - 45% Assignment (3,000 words) - 55%
Off-campus students:
Students are required to spend 12 hours per week on this unit working through self-directed learning materials, participating in tutorials through MUSO and in preparation of unit assessment tasks (156 hours total).
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | TBA |
This is a core unit of the Graduate Certificate in Disaster Preparedness and Management. The unit introduces contemporary models and principles of emergency management and the management of multiple casualties, including incidents involving hazardous materials, in the response and early recovery phases of major events or disasters. These principles will be applied in a case-based approach to a sample of recent major events, in Australia, Oceania and/or Asia. The unit uses table-top exercises to demonstrate personal attributes and emergency management leadership and apply the principles of disaster response. An overview of issues in international responses will be included. Students will apply the principles in this Unit to their respective professional practice.
On completion of this unit, the student will be able to:
3 Part Assignment (3,000 words) - 45% Assignment (3,000 words) - 55%
Off-campus students:
Students are required to spend 12 hours per week on this unit working through self-directed learning materials, participating in tutorials through MUSO and in preparation of unit assessment tasks (156 hours total). Off-campus students must complete the one day on-campus attendance hurdle requirement to participate in the table-top (emergotrain) exercise.
Students must complete the one day attendance hurdle requirement to participate in the table-top (emergotrain) exercise.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | TBA |
This is a core unit of the Graduate Certificate in Disaster Preparedness and Management. The unit will outline contemporary models and general principles of disaster recovery, and the interface of the 'response' and the 'recovery' phases, including community resilience, using a sample of recent major events from Australia, Oceania and/or Asia. The unit will explore the ongoing community support that may be required, the psychosocial issues of recovery, and the restoration of infrastructure following major events. The unit will examine the personal attributes and emergency management leadership required in disaster recovery. Students will apply the principles in this Unit to their respective professional practice.
By the completion of this unit the student will be able to:
3 Part Assignment (3,000 words) - 45% Assignment ( 3,000 words) - 55%
Off-campus students:
Students are required to spend 12 hours per week on this unit working through self-directed learning materials, participating in tutorials through MUSO and in preparation of unit assessment tasks (156 hours total).
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | TBA |
This unit will consider the unique challenges involved with preparing for, responding to, and recovering from emerging disaster threats. The unit will define 'emerging' disaster threats and provide international and national examples as case-studies. The unit will explore the current evidence-base for emerging disaster threats, appropriate contemporary models and principles and/or international standards, and explore the infrastructure, inter-agency involvement and community engagement required for preparing for and managing these events. This unit will examine the policy and social implications of responding to emerging disaster threats including an examination of the ethical issues involved with the provision of resources during emerging disaster threats. Students will apply the principles in this Unit to their respective professional practice.
By the completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Two minor assignments (1500 words each)(50%)
Major assignment (3,000 words)(50%)
It is expected that students will complete sufficient personal study time (for a total workload of 13 hours per week) over the 12 week semester in order to satisfy the reading, online activities, and assignment expectations of the unit. Within this total, students are also required to attend a 3 day (24 hours) on-campus intensive.
MDM4010 or equivalent studies or field experience to demonstrate sufficient background to successfully undertake this Unit as determined by the Course coordinator
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | TBA |
The unit will review the epidemiology trends of disaster and emergencies, from both the global and students' regional perspectives and use contemporary models and principles to examine the background, intentions and implications of the February 2011 COAG Statement on "National Strategy for Natural Disaster Resilience". This unit aims to promote the development of a broad and critical conceptual and practical understanding of disaster resilience and community safety in disaster and emergency situations, and includes themes of: disaster preparedness and leadership; hazard assessment, disaster risk reduction and disaster risk communication; vulnerability assessment; community capacity building; and, shared responsibility, each applied across the spectrum of the emergency management cycle. It will bridge the policy context to the practicalities of community capacity building in the setting of disaster resilience and will be attractive to a broad range of health and emergency management professionals in this field. The unit will conclude with examining the implications of these principles for both community and responder education and identifying research opportunities in this field. Students will apply the principles in this Unit to their respective professional practice.
By the completion of this unit, the student will be able to:
Two minor assignments (1500 words)(50%)
Major assignment (3,000 words)(50%)
It is expected that students will complete sufficient personal study time (for a total workload of 13 hours per week) over the 12 week semester in order to satisfy the reading, online activities, and assignment expectations of the unit. Within this total, students are also required to attend a 3 day (24 hours) on-campus intensive.
MDM4010 or equivalent studies or field experience to demonstrate sufficient background to successfully undertake this Unit as determined by the Course coordinator
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2013 (Flexible) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2013 (Flexible) Alfred Hospital Summer semester A 2013 (Flexible) |
Coordinator(s) | Matt Johnson |
Professionals working in emergency medical services do not operate in isolation but as an integral part of a co-ordinated health care system. This unit aims therefore to develop the student's understanding of the structure of the system in which they work, the roles and responsibilities of co-workers, the roles and responsibilities of other health professionals, and the importance of adopting effective communication, and operational strategies.
Currently, emergency medical services are changing rapidly with increasing sophistication and integration. This unit will explore the international, national and local trends and drivers in this field.
On completion of this unit students will be able to:
Portfolio (5,000 word)(100%)
Students will be expected to complete at least 6 hours of internet learning or and a minimum of 6 hours of private study and self-directed learning per week. If completed on-campus sessions, students will be expected to attend the equivalent of 6 hours of lectures, seminars and tutorials per week and complete a minimum of 6 hours of self-directed learning.
Must be enrolled in Master, Graduate Diploma or Graduate Certificate of Emergency Health
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2013 (Flexible) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2013 (Flexible) Alfred Hospital Summer semester A 2013 (Flexible) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Ingrid Brooks |
This unit is designed to provide an opportunity for paramedics and other health professionals in the emergency medical system, to upgrade their clinical practice. This unit will use a negotiated learning contract based on the student's self assessment of learning needs which will be supervised by the unit convenor.
By the completion of this unit, the student will be able to:
Project portfolio (5,000 word equivalent): 100%
Students will be expected to complete at least 6 hours of internet learning or and a minimum of 6 hours of private study and self-directed learning per week. If completed on-campus sessions, students will be expected to attend the equivalent of 6 hours of lectures, seminars and tutorials per week and complete a minimum of 6 hours of self- directed learning.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2013 (Flexible) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2013 (Flexible) |
Coordinator(s) | TBA |
This unit provides the student with enhanced understanding of the concepts related to undertaking research in the emergency services setting though the examination of the Principles of Good Research Practice based on the 'Australian Code for the Responsible Conduct of Research'. Relevant research studies undertaken in emergency services settings, both nationally and internationally, will be used as exemplars to promote contextual relevance to the topics covered in the unit. This unit will build on previous studies in introduction to research and evidence based practice.
On completion of this unit, the student will be able to:
Critical appraisal assignment (2,000 words) - 30%, Research framework assignment (4,000 words) - 60%, Discussion participation - 10%.
Completion of the Graduate Diploma in Emergency Health or equivalent.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2013 (Flexible) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2013 (Flexible) Alfred Hospital Summer semester A 2013 (Flexible) |
Coordinator(s) | Stephen Burgess |
This unit will be taught using a variety of learning and teaching activities. The Unit will be flexible being conducted online using Moodle. Students will be provided with learning material, and will develop an online activities based within the digital media environment. Students will participate in online discussion including peer review of their own and other student's work. Examination, critical appraisal and online exercises are an important teaching, learning and assessment tools. Both on-campus and off-campus students will be able to undertake lectures, seminars and tutorials introducing them evidence based clinical practice. The students will be expected demonstrate their understanding of the application of evidence based clinical practice within their areas of expertise.
By the completion of this unit the student will be able to:
Examination (basic statistical methods): 20%
Critical appraisal Task: 40%
On-line exercises - participation and content: 40%
Students will be expected to complete at least 6 hours of internet learning or and a minimum of 6 hours of private study and self-directed learning per week. If completed on-campus sessions, students will be expected to attend all required contact lectures in addition to a minimum of 6 hours of self-directed learning.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2013 (Flexible) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2013 (Flexible) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Ingrid Brooks |
This unit provides the student with enhanced understanding of the concepts related to clinical improvement in community based emergency health services by examining current quality management approaches, certification standards, management issues in quality; and managerial responsibilities in managing for quality. Students will be required to examine team-working, empowerment and organisational culture change from the perspective of improving clinical practice and service delivery.
On completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Assignment 1 (2,500 words) 40%, Assignment 2 (2,500 words) 40%, On-line tutorial participation 20%.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2013 (Flexible) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2013 (Flexible) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Andrea Wyatt |
This unit explores and critiques learning theories and pedagogical and curriculum practices relevant to the community based emergency health context. Concepts, models and theories in educational planning and management of change will be addressed, with a focus on changes in education in the workplace. Students will develop a coherent theory of workplace-based learning relevant to their own professional context and be able to critically appraise competing education approaches. Students are expected to reflect on professional practices in their own workplaces, and critically review how knowledge, skills and attitudes are selected, developed and organised within their own professional context.
On completion of this unit, students will:
Assignment 1 (3,000 words) 45%, Assignment 2 (2,000 words) 35%, On-line tutorial participation 20%.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2013 (Flexible) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2013 (Flexible) |
Coordinator(s) | Ingrid Brooks |
This unit reviews key leadership theories and styles and promotes the student to develop a personal model of leadership. Key requirements to enable successful implementation of practice change including organisational readiness, an understanding of organisational systems, influencing people, team building and leading changes are explored and applied to the community based emergency health context.
On completion of this unit, the student will be able to:
Leadership skills assignment (2,000 words) 35%, Organisational change assignment (3,000 words), 45%, On-line tutorial participation 20%.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2013 (Flexible) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2013 (Flexible) |
Coordinator(s) | Ingrid Brooks |
The student will currently be taking or about to commence a work-based project. The student will gain their employer's support and prepare a project brief in the form of a learning contract which will then be discussed with the unit coordinator and signed off by both the student and the unit coordinator. An appropriately qualified and experienced industry leader and/or academic will be appointed as co-supervisor with the unit coordinator. The unit will require the student to define the problem/question/task, identify an appropriate theoretical model/methodology, collect the necessary data, undertake the analysis and prepare the report.
On completion of this unit, the student will be able to:
Preparation of project proposal and learning contract (1,000 words) 10%,
Participation in regular meetings with supervisor and contribution to monthly WebCT discussions 15%,
Verbal presentation (20 mins plus 10 mins discussion) of final report 25%,
Written report in format suitable for publication (5,000 - 6,000 words) 50%.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | TBA |
This unit will locate the current status of the research literature in this domain. It will allow an in depth examination of the current disaster related research and evaluation models and compendia, identify the strengths and weaknesses of these models, clarify terminology issues, critically review the literature, consider conceptual frameworks and methodological issues in undertaking research and evaluations in the disaster preparedness and management setting and develop core competencies required to design, and conduct research and evaluations in this setting. The unit will establish a standardised approach to reporting disaster research and evaluations and the need to create compendia of such research evaluations towards building the science of disaster preparedness and management to provide a more sophisticated evidence-base for the discipline, and, to inform the research agenda for further research in this discipline.
By the completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Two minor assignments (1,000 words each)(30%)
Major assignment (4,000 words)(70%)
Off-campus students:
Students are required to spend, on average, 12 hours per week on this unit across the semester (156 hours in total) working through self-directed learning materials, participating in tutorials through MUSO and in preparation of unit assessment tasks.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2013 (Flexible) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2013 (Flexible) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Ingrid Brooks, Ms Andrea Wyatt |
This unit will explore the national and international trends in extended care practice for paramedics as a foundation to the preparation of advanced clinical practice skills required for solo MICA paramedic practitioners. Models of clinical decision making, risk assessment and patient safety will be applied to the solo practitioner setting and practice in advanced clinical skills will be provided. Strategies for the management of clinical emergencies as a solo practitioner will be explored. The unit will also prepare the MICA paramedic for the important role of health commander in multicasualty incidents.
By the completion of this unit, the student will be able to:
Assignment (2,000 - 2,500 words)(25%)
Advanced Clinical Skills Assessment (Pass/Fail)
Health Commander Multicasualty Simulation (25%)
Clinical Portfolio (50%)
Students are required to spend, on average, 12 hours per week on this unit across the semester (156 hours in total) working through self-directed learning materials, participating in tutorials through MUSO and in preparation of unit assessment tasks. Within this total, students are also required to attend 4 days (32 hours) on-campus distributed across the semester.
This unit is only available to students sponsored by Ambulance Victoria.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Health Professions Education and Educational Research Team |
Offered | Notting Hill First semester (extended) 2013 (Off-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | A/Prof Liz Molloy |
This unit will involve participants in the development of their teaching skills, including the theoretical aspects of teaching and learning in a variety of settings.
On completion of this unit, participants will be able to:
particular reference to the implications of learner diversity, flexible delivery and
teaching development;
Teaching practical and plan (30%)
Teaching sequence plan (40%)
Analytical reflection on the teaching sequence plan (10%)
Teaching portfolio (20%).
Off-campus with compulsory study days
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Health Professions Education and Educational Research Team |
Offered | Notting Hill Term 2 2013 (Off-campus block of classes) Notting Hill Term 2 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | A/Prof Liz Molloy |
This unit will provide participants with the opportunity to develop their knowledge and skills in the area of clinical teaching. Participants will explore the theories that have been developed to classify, explain and describe different approaches to clinical teaching and learning. In doing so, participants will be expected to draw upon experience from their own teaching evidence, from the approach of their own professional group and also information from other health professions.
On completion of this unit, participants will be able to:
Teaching plan and practical (30%)
Written assignment Analytical paper (2500-3000 words)(30%)
Critical incident analysis (30%)
Teaching portfolio (10%)
Off-campus with compulsory study days
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Health Professions Education and Educational Research Team |
Offered | Notting Hill Second semester (extended) 2013 (Off-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Margaret Hay |
This unit is designed to provide participants with the opportunity to develop their knowledge about assessment and to extend and refine their use of assessment techniques. One of the unit's aims is to develop participants' expertise both as an examiner and as a member of teams considering assessment data. It has been designed to utilize participants' existing expertise in assessment and to begin to integrate their studies in the Graduate Certificate in Health Professional Education.
On completion of this unit participants will be able to:
contexts;
Assessment practical and plan (30%)
Assessment critique (30%)
Written assignment/analytical paper (2500-3000 words)(30%)
Teaching portfolio (10%)
Off-campus with compulsory study days
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Health Professions Education and Educational Research Team |
Offered | Notting Hill Second semester (extended) 2013 (Off-campus block of classes) Notting Hill Term 4 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Fiona Kent |
MEU9004 will introduce participants to the concepts, terminology and development processes of curriculum design. The unit will focus upon the basic principles of curriculum development as they apply to the variety of organisational settings represented by the course participants. Participants will also be introduced to change management processes and evaluation skills. The unit is designed to be practical in its focus and will build upon the perspectives introduced in MEU9001-9003.
At the end of this unit, students should be able to:
Curriculum development project (45%)
Evaluation Plan (45%)
Teaching portfolio (10%)
Off-campus students:
Ten (10) hours per week
Off-campus with compulsory study days.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Health Professions Education and Educational Research Team |
Offered | Notting Hill Term 2 2013 (Off-campus) Notting Hill Term 4 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | A/Prof Liz Molloy |
In this unit course participants will choose one of the following study options:
Study option 1
Supervision
On completion of this unit participants will be able to:
Study option 2
Individualised project
On completion of this unit participants will be able to:
Literature review (30%)
Supervision plan development / project report (60%)
Teaching portfolio (10%)
Off-campus students:
Six (6) hours per week
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Health Professions Education and Educational Research Team |
Offered | Notting Hill First semester (extended) 2013 (Off-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | A/Prof Margaret Hay |
The unit focuses on research in contemporary health professional education. It will provide participants with the opportunity to develop foundation research skills and knowledge tailored to their teaching environment and/or interests.
On successful completion of this unit, participants will be equipped to:
Systematic literature review (30%)
Ethics application (20%)
Research proposal (40%)
Research portfolio (10%)
Off-campus with compulsory study days
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Health Professions Education and Educational Research Team |
Offered | Notting Hill Second semester (extended) 2013 (Off-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Margaret Bearman |
Simulation is now a widely used teaching and learning strategy in health professional
education. This unit will provide you with the opportunity to explore the use of simulation as a means of learning professional and clinical skills. You will have the opportunity to examine the theoretical basis, design, planning and implementation features, and evaluation processes related to the implementation of simulation. A full range of simulated methods will be examined including case based learning, professional and clinical skills acquisition using simulated patients, authentic e-learning environments and low, medium to high fidelity clinical simulators. You will be required to critically evaluate the feasibility, usability and 'fit for purpose' characteristics of a range of simulated educational experiences. You will also
have the opportunity to 'showcase' an example of simulation related to your own teaching practice.
On completion of this unit participants will be able to:
Simulated program design and evaluation plan (3,000 words)(50%)
Written assignment (2,500-3,000 words)(40%)
Teaching portfolio (10%)
Off-campus with compulsory study days.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Health Professions Education and Educational Research Team |
Offered | Notting Hill First semester (extended) 2013 (Off-campus) Notting Hill Second semester (extended) 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | A/Prof Liz Molloy |
MEU9013 will provide participants with the opportunity to integrate their knowledge
of educational theory, assessment and evaluation while developing, with constructive feedback, educational initiatives appropriate to their own educational roles e.g. new ways of bedside teaching, lecture delivery, initiating small group work, redeveloping an examination or assessment package. Each participant's project will be individually supervised.
On completion of this unit participants will be able to:
critical analysis of course documentation, course evaluation, or through student feedback or assessment data;
based on current educational theory;
innovation and its evaluation in relation to the literature.
Individual project (90%)
Teaching portfolio (10%)
Off-campus students:
Ten (10) hours per week
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Health Professions Education and Educational Research Team |
Offered | Notting Hill Term 2 2013 (Off-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Margaret Bearman |
This unit will provide participants with the theoretical, practical and technical knowledge and skills related to working within a range of simulation environments. It will introduce participants to the practical strategies related to planning, designing and delivering simulation-based learning. Specific detail of the unit will include clinical skills and simulation scenario development, planning and designing simulation activities, equipment familiarity and implementation methods and logistics.
On completion of this unit, course participants will be able to:
Teaching practical and plan (30%)
Development of a clinical simulation scenario plan (40%)
Annotated bibliography (20%)
Teaching portfolio (10%)
Off campus with compulsory study days
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of General Practice |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus) Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Henry Taub |
This unit is a compulsory core unit for the Grad.Dip.Family Medicine and MFM(Clin) and covers the following content: medicine as a science, the science and art of medicine, the technology and craft of medicine, health and illness, sickness and disease, aetiology, diagnosis and prognosis, concepts of healing, history and philosophy of general practice, conceptual framework of general practice, roles and tasks of the general practitioner, general practice in the community and community health, future directions of general practice and the academic general practice: general practitioners in the university setting.
On completion of this unit students should be able to:
Journals (P/F), Assignment 1 (35%), Assignment 2 (25%), Assignment 3 (40%)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of General Practice |
Monash Passport category | Research Challenge (Investigate Program) |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus) Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | A/Prof Peter Schattner |
This is a compulsory core unit for the Grad.Dip in Family Medicine and MFM(Clin) courses. Students are expected to explore the following areas; introduction to methodology, history of general practice, scope and nature of general practice research, study designs, qualitative versus quantitative research, the epidemiology basis of general practice research, descriptive, observational and experimental studies, getting started, including literature surveys, critical appraisal of journal articles, research protocols, descriptive and inferential statistics, data analysis, questionnaire construction and survey techniques and writing papers and giving presentations on research.
The unit is designed to take a logical path from framing a researchable question to developing a plan, implementing it, obtaining and then analysisng results, and finally writing the project up. Introductory concepts of statistical analysis will be included, but students will not be expected to have a detailed working knowledge of this difficulty subject area.
On completion of this unit students should be able to:
Students will be expected to complete 4 written assignments plus an MCQ
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of General Practice |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus) Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Michal Schneider-Kolsky |
This is a compulsory core unit for the Master of Medical Ultrasound course. Students are expected to explore the following areas; introduction to methodology, scope and nature of research in medical imaging, study designs, qualitative versus quantitative research, descriptive, observational and experimental studies, getting started, including literature surveys, critical appraisal of journal articles, research protocols, descriptive and inferential statistics, data analysis, questionnaire construction and survey techniques and writing papers and giving presentations on research.
On completion of the unit students should be able to:
1 x 3000 word Qualitative research project assignment: 20%
1 x 2000 word Critical appraisal assignment: 15%
1 x 2000 word Research protocol assignment: 15%
1 x Statistics assignment: 10%
1 x 4000 word Questionnaire survey assignment: 40%
Completion of the Graduate Diploma in Medical Ultrasound or equivalent
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of General Practice |
Monash Passport category | Research Challenge (Investigate Program) |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus) Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) Clayton Full year 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Allocated Supervisor |
This unit forms a compulsory core unit for the MFM course and aims to provide students with the following: demonstrate critical appraisal and organisational skills required of academic general practitioners with respect to research in general practice, carry out independent and collaborative research in general practice at a level expected of a Masters graduate, contribute to body of knowledge of general practice through its literature and publications and ultimately supervise research projects of a nature comparable to those required of Masters graduates.
This unit forms a compulsory core unit for the MFM course and aims to provide students with the following:
Minor thesis (P/F)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of General Practice |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Peter Barton |
This unit is a compulsory core unit for the MFM(Clin) course. It discusses the general practitioner as a learner and a teacher, what is learning, what is teaching, instructional design, educational technology, small group process, large group process, assessment and evaluation.
On completion of this unit participants should be able to:
Journals (40%), Classroom presentations (60%)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of General Practice |
Monash Passport category | Research Challenge (Investigate Program) |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus) Notting Hill First semester 2013 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) Notting Hill Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | A/Prof Peter Schattner |
This unit is a compulsory core unit for the MFM course and is designed to assist students in the development of their research project. It covers such issues as starting a project, measurement, project management, funding a research project, statistical planning, data analysis, collaborative research, and research in general practice.
The overall aim of this unit is to give the participant sufficient practical experience and knowledge to enable them to undertake their own research project. The principle objectives are to give the participant an understanding of and experience in:
Literature Review (15%), Reliability and Validity Study (10%) Funding Application (20%), Ethics Application (20%), Pilot Study (35%)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2013 (Off-campus) Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | TBC |
Students will undertake the first of three 42-day placements in a health organisation under the supervision of a health psychologist who is a member of the APS College of Health Psychologists. Placement seminars, which will be held at the residential schools, will cover topics relevant to the professional practice of health psychology. No more than 42 days of the total placement requirement can be undertaken at the student's current employment. Students will be required to register as a probationary psychologist with the Victorian Psychologist Registration Board before they commence this placement.
On successful completion of this placement unit students will:
Three placement reports (500 words each): 30%
Case study (1500 words): 20%
Supervisor's reports : 50%
Student logbook: hurdle requirement
Five-day on-campus workshop
MHP5011, MHP5032, MHP5051,
MHP5072
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2013 (Off-campus) Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | TBC |
Students will undertake the second of three 42-day placements in a health organisation under the supervision of a health psychologist who is a member of the APS College of Health Psychologists. Placement seminars, which will be held at the residential schools, will cover topics relevant to the professional practice of health psychology. No more than 42 days of the total placement requirement can be undertaken at the student's current employment.
On successful completion of this placement unit students will:
Three placement reports (500 words each): 30%
One case study (1500 words): 20%
Supervisor's reports: 50%
Student logbook: hurdle requirement
Five-day on-campus workshop
MHP5011, MHP5032, MHP5051, MHP5072, MHP5102
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2013 (Off-campus) Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | TBC |
Students will undertake the third of three 42-day placements in a health organisation under the supervision of a health psychologist who is a member of the APS College of Health Psychologists. Placement seminars, which will be held at the residential schools, will cover topics relevant to the professional practice of health psychology. No more than 42 days of the total placement requirement can be undertaken at the student's current employment.
On successful completion of this placement unit students will:
Three placement reports (500 words each): 30%
One case study (1500 words): 20%
Supervisor's reports: 50%
Student logbook: hurdle requirement
Five-day on-campus workshop
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Caulfield Full year 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Penny Hasking |
This is the third, and final, unit in the formal requirements for completion of the Research Thesis - Master of Psychology (Health). Students will be required to recruit participants and collect data in accordance with their initial research design and proposed analysis. Students will continue to work closely with their research supervisor to collect and analyse data. Students will complete and submit their Research Report for evaluation. Students are also required to submit a poster which summarises their research. The poster will be displayed at an appropriate on-campus school. Supervision will continue until the report is submitted and students will be encouraged to consider both the strengths and limitations of their research as well as to address any directions for future research in their chosen research area.
On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Progress report (hurdle requirement)
Poster presentation (hurdle requirement)
Research report. (5,000-7,000 words)
MHP5011, MHP5051, MHP5032, MHP5052, MHP5062 or MHP5071, MHP5082, MHP5072, MHP5191, MHP5081, MHP5192
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital First semester 2013 (Off-campus) Berwick First semester 2013 (Day) Berwick First semester 2013 (Off-campus) Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus) Gippsland First semester 2013 (Day) Gippsland First semester 2013 (Off-campus) Hong Kong First semester 2013 (Off-campus) Peninsula First semester 2013 (Day) Peninsula First semester 2013 (Off-campus) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) Berwick Second semester 2013 (Day) Berwick Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Day) Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) Hong Kong Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Day) Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) Berwick Summer semester A 2013 (Day) Berwick Summer semester A 2013 (Off-campus) Clayton Summer semester A 2013 (Day) Clayton Summer semester A 2013 (Off-campus) Gippsland Summer semester A 2013 (Day) Gippsland Summer semester A 2013 (Off-campus) Hong Kong Summer semester A 2013 (Off-campus) Peninsula Summer semester A 2013 (Day) Peninsula Summer semester A 2013 (Off-campus) |
This unit is the first of the formal requirements of the project or minor thesis component of many of the Masters degrees in the faculty. Students will identify a research project, develop the research question and protocol including the conduct of a literature review. This is a core unit and must be undertaken as part of a minor thesis or project enrolment.
By the completion of this unit student's will be able to:
Literature review up to 4000-5000 words (hurdle requirement)
Research proposal up to 1500-2000 words (hurdle requirement)
Contact with supervisor (hurdle requirement)
12 hours or 156 hours per semester.
Pre-requisites may be applicable depending on the course you are enrolled in. Please contact to your department course administrator who will be able to assist.
MFM2001, Any MRU unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital First semester 2013 (Off-campus) Berwick First semester 2013 (Day) Berwick First semester 2013 (Off-campus) Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus) Gippsland First semester 2013 (Day) Gippsland First semester 2013 (Off-campus) Hong Kong First semester 2013 (Off-campus) Peninsula First semester 2013 (Day) Peninsula First semester 2013 (Off-campus) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) Berwick Second semester 2013 (Day) Berwick Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Day) Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) Hong Kong Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Day) Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) Berwick Summer semester A 2013 (Day) Berwick Summer semester A 2013 (Off-campus) Clayton Summer semester A 2013 (Day) Clayton Summer semester A 2013 (Off-campus) Gippsland Summer semester A 2013 (Day) Gippsland Summer semester A 2013 (Off-campus) Hong Kong Summer semester A 2013 (Off-campus) Peninsula Summer semester A 2013 (Day) Peninsula Summer semester A 2013 (Off-campus) |
This is the second unit in the formal requirement for the completion of either a project or minor thesis, as part of a Masters degree in the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences. . Students will be required to complete an ethics application and to finalise specific issues surrounding their choice of research design, data collection methods and participant recruitment procedures. Students will work closely with a research supervisor to decide upon an appropriate site and source of data and to secure appropriate approvals from any relevant organisation (e.g., multiple ethics applications may be required). Satisfactory progress in relation to the research is a prerequisite for enrolment in the next unit in the research thesis sequence.
On completion of this unit students will be able to:
Students will be required to submit Progress Report 2 (100%)
Complete and submit a Monash SCERH ethical application (hurdle requirement).
12 hours or 156 hours per semester.
MFM2001, Any MRU unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital First semester 2013 (Off-campus) Berwick First semester 2013 (Day) Berwick First semester 2013 (Off-campus) Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus) Gippsland First semester 2013 (Day) Gippsland First semester 2013 (Off-campus) Hong Kong First semester 2013 (Off-campus) Peninsula First semester 2013 (Day) Peninsula First semester 2013 (Off-campus) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) Berwick Second semester 2013 (Day) Berwick Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Day) Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) Hong Kong Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Day) Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) Berwick Summer semester A 2013 (Day) Berwick Summer semester A 2013 (Off-campus) Clayton Summer semester A 2013 (Day) Clayton Summer semester A 2013 (Off-campus) Gippsland Summer semester A 2013 (Day) Gippsland Summer semester A 2013 (Off-campus) Hong Kong Summer semester A 2013 (Off-campus) Peninsula Summer semester A 2013 (Day) Peninsula Summer semester A 2013 (Off-campus) |
This is the third unit in the formal requirements for completion of the research thesis/project. Students will be required to recruit participants and collect data in accordance with their initial research design and proposed analysis. Students will continue to work closely with their research supervisor to collect data and to begin to analyse preliminary results. Satisfactory progress in relation to the research is a prerequisite for enrolment into the final unit in this research sequence.
On completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Students will be required to submit Progress Report 3 (hurdle requirement) (100%).
12 hours per week or 156 hours per semester.
MFM2001, Any MRU unit
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital First semester 2013 (Off-campus) Berwick First semester 2013 (Day) Berwick First semester 2013 (Off-campus) Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus) Gippsland First semester 2013 (Day) Gippsland First semester 2013 (Off-campus) Hong Kong First semester 2013 (Off-campus) Peninsula First semester 2013 (Day) Peninsula First semester 2013 (Off-campus) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) Berwick Second semester 2013 (Day) Berwick Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Day) Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) Hong Kong Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Day) Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) Berwick Summer semester A 2013 (Day) Berwick Summer semester A 2013 (Off-campus) Clayton Summer semester A 2013 (Day) Clayton Summer semester A 2013 (Off-campus) Gippsland Summer semester A 2013 (Day) Gippsland Summer semester A 2013 (Off-campus) Hong Kong Summer semester A 2013 (Off-campus) Peninsula Summer semester A 2013 (Day) Peninsula Summer semester A 2013 (Off-campus) |
This is the fourth unit in the formal requirements for completion of the research thesis/project. Students will complete and submit their Research Report for evaluation. Supervision will continue until the report is submitted and students will be encouraged to consider both the strengths and limitations of their research as well as to address any directions for future research in their chosen research area.
On completion of this unit students will be able to:
Research report (5,000 - 7,000 words)
Post presentations (hurdle requirement)
12 hours per week or 156 per semester.
MFM2001, Any MRU unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Pam Snow |
Modules include psychological development, the sociology of childhood and adolescence, and principles of communication, intervention & referral.
Upon completion of this unit students will have a significant grounding in theoretical perspectives of child and adolescent development; a knowledge of developmental stages and transitions; an understanding of the impact of development on a child's sense of self, relationship with family and others and with educationalists.
Students will:
Three written assignments approx. 2,000 words each (30% each)
Participation in threaded discussion groups (10%)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Pam Snow |
Modules include specific psychiatric & psychological syndromes, interventions in the classroom and school, and a case study discussion of classroom difficulties.
Upon completion of this unit students will:
They will therefore:
Three written assignments approx. 2,000 words each (90%) (30% each)+ Participation in threaded discussion groups (10%)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Pamela Snow |
On completion of this unit students will have acquired a knowledge of practical counselling skills and had some experience in practicing them. They will also learn about the phases of change which individuals go through in the process of first becoming aware of a problem to its resolution. Since the counselling of students raises questions related to development, students will gain some knowledge of personality development and how different personal styles affect counselling.
Written case presentation, with a case formulation (20%)
Oral case presentation, with recommendations, description of intervention and its evaluation (30%)
Essay on one aspect of counselling, the nature of anxiety, depression, anger; and aggression or a process of counselling such as the counselling relationship, empathy, evaluation of counselling or a topic to be approved by the convenor (50%)
2 day on-campus workshop
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Pamela Snow |
Upon completion of this unit, students will have significant grounding in observation method and the role of participant observer; increased capacity to reflect upon and to manage in their own roles at school; a capacity to understand and analyse group dynamics in the class-room, the school, and the wider educational system; and knowledge of factors that foster a learning environment at school.
On completion of this unit students will:
Report - 50%
Presentation and process notes - 40%
Participation in online discussion forum - 10%
Two day on-campus workshop
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Flexible) Gippsland First semester 2013 (Flexible) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Mary Anne Biro (Clayton), Ms Maureen Miles(Gippsland) |
An introduction to normal pregnancy and childbirth and the role of the midwife in providing care for women.
This unit will provide the foundational knowledge to enable midwifery students to provide safe and effective midwifery care to healthy mothers and babies across the childbearing continuum, incorporating anatomy and physiology and the evidence basis for maternity care.
The focus will be on the role of the midwife as a primary carer and working in partnership with women.
On completion of this unit the student will be able to:
Written assignment (2500 words) 30%
Reflective exercises (2 x 400 words each) 10%
Guided study activities (online participation) 10%
Examination (compulsory pass required) 50%
Assessment of midwifery practice skills pass/fail
Attendance at study blocks held on-campus at Gippsland and Clayton
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2013 (Flexible) Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Flexible) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Mary Anne Biro (Clayton), Ms Maureen Miles (Gippsland ) |
An introduction to complex pregnancy and childbirth and the role of the midwife in providing care for women experiencing problems.
Students will develop their existing knowledge/skills by working with women and other members of the healthcare team when problems arise during pregnancy, labour & birth, and the first weeks after birth.
The students will also acquire foundational knowledge of the care of babies with special needs. Students will have the opportunity to study the circumstances that commonly result in a baby being admitted to a Level Two Nursery. The issues confronting the infant and family during this period will be explored and the role of the midwife in facilitating health and wellbeing of the family. Students will reflect upon and debate the ethico-legal issues involved in care of the baby with special needs. Emphasis is given to the collaborative role of the midwife, consultation and referral, use of medical technology & intervention, and the implications for women, their babies, and midwives themselves.
On completion of this unit the student will be able to: -
Standards.
Written assignment (2500 words) 30%
Guided study activities 20%
Exam (Compulsory pass required) 50%
Assessment of midwifery practice skills Pass/Fail
Attendance at study blocks held on-campus at Gippsland and Clayton
MID5001 Woman midwife partnerships and normal childbearing
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Gippsland First semester 2013 (Flexible) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Mary Anne Biro (Clayton), Ms Maureen Miles (Gippsland) |
This unit addresses the need for students to adequately understand what it means to be a professional midwife through exploring issues that impact upon the role of the midwife. These issues include socio-cultural, historical, political, regulatory, legal, ethical and institutional factors that affect midwifery and maternity service delivery at local, national and international levels. Against these factors the role of midwifery as primary health care will be explored in relation to health promotion and education in pregnancy, birth, parenting and lactation, and fertility regulation. This unit works to put into context for the student, the nature and scope of midwifery practice, its interaction and relationships with powerful others in the maternity service milieu, its relationship to consumer activist and advocacy groups, and its role in the community.
On completion of this unit the student will be able to:
Abstract and poster presentation 30%
written assignment 40%
guided study activities 30%
Assessment of midwifery practice skills Pass/Fail
Attendance at residential schools held on campus at Gippsland. (Gippsland only)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Flexible) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Maureen Miles |
Consolidation of midwifery practice is required for students to be able to effectively function as registered midwives on completion of their course. This unit provides students with a comprehensive and clinically focused preparation and assessment for transition to practice as competent registered midwives. Students will have the opportunity to apply the theory explored throughout the course to extend and develop confidence in their practice. It is required that students will be employed in midwifery practice for a minimum of 4 days per fortnight in addition to their studies. Individual learning objectives will enable students to undertake a critique of institutional practices, policies, procedures and protocols whilst engaged in remediation, consolidation or extension of midwifery practice skills.
On completion of this unit the student will be able to:
A written portfolio demonstrating the attainment of objectives that form a learning contract will assess student's readiness for the transition to midwifery practice. Students will present their completed work in an individualised portfolio comprising of Research Project 60%
Presentation to peers in a conference format 20% and Written Assignment (155 words) 20%.
Assessment of midwifery practice skills pass/fail.
Attendance at residential schools held oncampus at Gippsland.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Carole Gilmour |
Advancing Midwifery Practice is a 12 Credit Point theory and practice unit designed to meet the needs of students wishing to develop advanced midwifery skills and knowledge within particular contexts. Midwifery practice in Australia and overseas is increasingly faced with women requiring technological solutions to complex clinical situations. Obstetrics as a profession is shrinking in numbers, and the impact of a lack of professional indemnity insurance has forced the reordering of maternity services. Government policies and reports advocate for an increased role for midwifery in the provision of maternity services at all levels of risk. In many countries around the world midwifery is at the forefront of a range of complexity of maternity care, but the preparation of midwives for complex practice is ad hoc and poorly realised.
This Unit aims to prepare midwives with the knowledge for skills development in complex clinical situations. The unit is structured to allow flexibility and individualisation of the content to better meet the needs of individual practitioners and their practice settings. Theoretical knowledge will include pathophysiology, technology, evidence and practice issues related to skills clusters. These clusters include: Prenatal, Perinatal, Postnatal and High Risk.
Opportunities will be given for students to gain experience in high-level maternity services in order to complete clinical competencies. Students will understand the requirement and processes necessary for evidence based practice and will gain skills for its implementation in an environment that might be resistant. Students will have the opportunity to critique self and context in relation to evidence in practice. Students will also identify potential for developing collegial and collaborative relationships to other maternity service providers within a practice setting (eg medical practitioners, allied health professionals, nurses and community groups). Portfolio of work, tutorial presentations and participation
At the completion of this unit students will be expected to:
Written Assignment (60%)
Tutorial Presentation (20%)
Participation in online discussion (20%)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Flexible) Gippsland First semester 2013 (Flexible) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr. Mary Anne BiroMs Maureen Miles (Gippsland) |
This unit introduces students to the interrelationship of midwifery practice, maternity care and public health. The impact of maternity care on maternal and infant health will be discussed within the context of its social determinants. The role of midwifery and maternity care in improving perinatal outcomes for disadvantaged women and families will be discussed and debated. Against these factors the role of midwifery as primary health care will be explored in relation to health promotion and education in pregnancy, birth, parenting and lactation, and fertility regulation. This unit works to put into context for the student, the nature and scope of midwifery practice and places it as central to securing improved maternal and infant health outcomes.
On completion of this unit the student will be able to:
Written assignment (3000 words) 30%
Guided questions (2 x 1000) 30%
Abstract and poster presentation (public health issue) 40%
Assessment of midwifery practice skills Pass/Fail
24 hours per week
Attendance at study blocks held on-campus at Gippsland and Clayton
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2013 (Flexible) Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Flexible) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr. Mary Anne BiroMs Maureen Miles) (Gippsland) |
This unit addresses the need for students to understand what it means to be a midwife by exploring a range of contextual and professional issues. These will include socio-cultural, historical, political, regulatory, legal, ethical and institutional factors that affect midwifery and maternity services at local, national and international levels. This unit also provides students with a consolidation of midwifery clinical practice to support the transition to registered midwife. Individual learning objectives will enable students to undertake a critique of institutional practices, policies, procedures and protocols.
On completion of this unit the student will be able to:
Essay (2500 words) 20%
Clinical Practice project 60%
Presentation to Peers 20%
Assessment of midwifery practice skills Pass/Fail
Completion of midwifery portfolio Pass/Fail
Attendance at residential schools held on-campus at Gippsland and block schools oncampus at Clayton
Attendance at residential schools held on-campus at Gippsland and block schools on-campus at Clayton
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
This unit comprises a major research program including submission of a thesis. The thesis should embody the results of the candidate's investigation, which demonstrates independence of thought and the candidate's ability to carry out research in that discipline. Minor coursework such as a literature review and oral presentation is specified by the enrolling department.
Major thesis
minor coursework as specified by the enrolling department.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Catherine Kealley and Ms Caroline Wright |
This unit will cover the physical principles and properties of ionising and non-ionising radiation; the production of ionising and non-ionising radiation; interaction of ionising and non-ionising radiation with matter. Introduction to medical radiations instrumentation, image and data formation and principles of quality assurance.
On successful completion of this unit students will:
One written examination (three hours)(70%)
Two assignments (1500 words each)(30%)
Hurdle requirement:
Hurdle: All elements of assessment must be passed to pass the unit
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Catherine Osborne and Mr Paul Lombardo |
This is the first of three units dealing specifically with the principles and applications of medical radiations in the assessment and treatment of disease and injury. The unit will cover protocols and operating procedures, radiation safety, occupational health and safety, infection control, documentation procedures, sectional anatomy and pathophysiology.
On successful completion of this unit students will be able to:
Three hour examination (50%)
One hour image recognition examination (20%)
Two, 3000 word assignments (30%)
Hurdle requirements:
All elements of assessment must be passed to pass the unit: and
Successful completion of the Clinical Orientation Workbook.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Brad Cassels and Ms Caroline Wright |
This unit will cover the biological effects of ionizing and non-ionising radiation on cells & tissues; mechanisms of repair to biological damage, systemic & total body responses to early/late effects of radiation, hereditary effects and effects on the embryo & foetus; principles of dose reduction and the relative potential hazards present in different procedures; estimation of risk assessment using accepted theories of dose vs. response; modifications to procedural techniques to maximise the information produced from a particular dose of ionising or non-ionising radiation.
On successful completion of this unit students will be able to:
Written examination (three hours)(70%)
Two x 1500 word assignments (30%)
Hurdle requirements:
All elements of assessment must be passed to pass the unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Caroline Wright |
This unit is designed to provide students with an overview of professional issues that relate to the practice of medical radiations. Topics include theories related to health psychology and how disease and injury affect patients and their carers; the effects of working in a health care environment on practitioners; medico-legal and ethical issues; communication, cultural competence and working with patients with special needs; reflective practice and professional portfolio development.
On successful completion of this unit students will be able to:
Examination (2 hours)(50%)
Two written word assignments (2000 words each)(50%)
Hurdle requirement:
All elements of assessment must be passed to pass the unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Catherine Kealley and Ms Caroline Wright |
This unit covers advanced medical radiations physics and instrumentation concepts including future forms; digital image processing and advanced image and data optimisation; instrument performance and quality assurance.
On successful completion of this unit students will be able to:
Written examination (three hours)(70%)
Two assignments (1500 words each)(30%)
Hurdle requirement:
All elements of assessment must be passed to pass the unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Catherine Osborne, Mr Paul Lombardo |
This is an integrated unit based on two themes of the medical radiations science curriculum. Theme 1 - continues the study of the principles and applications of medical radiations in the assessment and treatment of disease and injury. This theme builds on the Medical Radiations Science 2 unit and introduces more clinical applications. The unit will cover protocols and operating procedures, radiation safety, occupational health and safety, infection control, documentation procedures, sectional anatomy and pathophysiology. Theme 2 - is a five week clinical placement that will allow students to develop further clinical and professional skills to intermediate beginner level.
Theme 1:
On successful completion of this theme students will be able to:
Theme 2:
On successful completion of this theme students will be able to:
Examination (3 hours)(50%)
Image recognition examination (1 hour)(10%)
Two assignments (3000 words each)(30%)
Clinical skills assessment (10%)
Hurdle requirement:
All elements of assessment must be passed to pass the unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Summer semester A 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Caroline Wright and Mr Paul Lombardo |
This clinical placement unit of 10 weeks will allow students to begin developing both their technical and professional skills within the field of Medical Radiation Science. This unit will also provide students with the opportunity to practice infection control, occupational health and safety, radiation safety; communication and administrative skills. Students will demonstrate the characteristics of a beginning reflective practitioner.
On successful completion of this unit students will be able to:
Five case reports (50%)
Clinical Skills Assessment (10%)
Written Assignment (2000 words)(40%)
Hurdle requirements:
All elements of assessment must be passed to pass the unit; and
Successful completion of Professional Practice Portfolio.
10 weeks clinical placement
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Catherine Osborne |
This is the third and final unit dealing with the principles and applications of medical radiations in the assessment and treatment of disease and injury. It aims to utilise the knowledge and understanding gained in the previous two units to further develop the student's understanding of more clinical applications. The unit will cover protocols and operating procedures, radiation safety, occupational health and safety, infection control, documentation procedures, sectional anatomy and pathophysiology.
On successful completion of this unit students will be able to:
Examination (3 hours)(50%)
Image recognition examination (1 hour)(20%)
Two assignments (3000 words each)(30%)
Hurdle requirement:
All elements of assessment must be passed to pass the unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Kellie Knight and Ms Caroline Wright |
This unit introduces students to the principles and practice of scientific research. A range of research methodologies will be explored together with the collection, analysis and interpretation of data, methods of communication and subsequent critique of the findings. The unit will also introduce the evidence based practice paradigm and how research findings can influence patient care and management. Practical experience in evidence based practice will be gained through the completion of a review of the literature, relevant to the student's professional discipline.
On successful completion of this unit students will be able to:
One 2000 word research plan (40%)
One 4000 word evidence based literature review (60%)
Hurdle requirement:
All elements of assessment must be passed to pass the unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Caroline Wright |
This unit is a period of professional clinical experience undertaken in the workplace to enable students to develop competency. Students will practice under the supervision of qualified staff, and a clinical workbook will be provided to enable students to document their professional and technical development.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Hurdle requirements:
1. Pass each end-of-semester final clinical skills assessment and portfolio submission
2. Pass the end of year clinical moderation in planning, treatment and professional reflection.
47 weeks of continuous clinical placement
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus) Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
This unit is an extension of the minor thesis unit enrolled in to gain extra time to complete minor thesis work.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus) Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
This unit is an extension of the minor thesis unit enrolled in to gain extra time to complete minor thesis work.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus) Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
This unit is an extension of the minor thesis unit enrolled in to gain extra time to complete minor thesis work.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus) Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
This unit is an extension of the minor thesis unit enrolled in to gain extra time to complete minor thesis work.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus) Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
This unit is an extension of the minor thesis unit enrolled in to gain extra time to complete minor thesis work.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Simon Albrecht |
This is a non-assessable unit designed for students to be enrolled in whilst completing their thesis
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Simon Albrecht |
Students are required to conduct a research project based on the research proposal. This will involve collecting data and analysing it in an appropriate manner. Students will be required to submit written progress reports to their supervisors at regular intervals throughout the year. Students will write up the research in the form of a research report.
Thesis -research paper (5-7,000 words) - will be examined by two internal examiners.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital First semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr D Magliano / Prof F Cicuttini |
To be taken concurrently with MPH5041 together they are prerequisites for clinical epidemiology elective units. Contents: rates, sources of data, descriptive & analytical epidemiology, epidemiological study designs, critical appraisal of literature, screening, prevention, exposure assessment, outbreak investigation, confounding & bias.
On completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Assignments (25%)
Examination (75%)
2 contact hours per week for on-campus students.
2 day compulsory on-campus block for off-campus students.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital First semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr B Billah |
This unit is taken concurrently with MPH5040. Together they are prerequisites for clinical epidemiology elective units. Contents includes: classification of medical data; summarizing data using simple statistical methods and graphical presentation; sampling distribution, quantifying uncertainty in the sample results and statistical distributions; comparing two/more groups/methods using hypothesis test or p-value and 95% confidence interval; assessing the association between outcome and exposure using chi-squared test; risk comparison (RR & OR); prediction of an event or identifying risk factors for an event of interest where the event is measured in continuous scale; prediction of an event or identifying risk factors for an event of interest where the event is recorded in binary scale (yes/no); sample size calculation.
Students are required to have access to a calculator equipped with elementary scientific functions (e.g. Casio FX-100) and a statistical package for data analysis e.g. SPSS, PRISM, STATA (help will be available with SPSS only. Note: Students don't have provision to borrow SPSS CD from Monash; they may have to lease/buy it from SPSS.
On the completion of this unit, students will have developed the ability to:
Written assignments (100%)
2 contact hours per week for on-campus students.
3 day on-campus block for off-campus students.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Second semester 2013 (Flexible) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor J Ibrahim |
This unit will examine the health impacts of climate change, and the relevance of this to the principles and practices of public health. Informed by an understanding of the fundamental role of climate stability for sustained population health, and of evidence for anthropogenic global warming, the focus of the unit will be on direct and indirect mechanisms through which climate change could impact on health, including extreme weather events, changing patterns of vector-borne disease, water-borne infections, food quality and availability, air quality, and social disruption. There will be an emphasis on evidence for past and predicted health effects, health burden magnitude and distribution, and the complex interplay between population and environmental factors that influence vulnerability. Students will apply this knowledge to critically appraise adaptation and mitigation initiatives from a public health perspective, and will be expected to engage with current climate change issues and communicate their ideas clearly and effectively.
On successful completion of this subject students will be able to:
Critical appraisal assignment: (500 words) (20%)
Reflective essay: (2000 words)30%
Participation: 50%
15 hours over 2 block days.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital First semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | A/Professor R Wolfe |
Confounding and effect modification, logistic regression, conditional logistic regression for matched case-control studies, linear regression, diagnostics to assess model fit, model estimation methods, Poisson regression for rates, Stata statistical software.
On successful completion of this unit students will have:
Two written assignments (50% each)
2 x 2 Block days.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital First semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor M Abramson |
The unit will cover applications of epidemiological techniques to clinical research including discussions of evidence, therapy, causation, variation and agreement, the normal range, diagnostic test selection, validation and interpretation, natural history and prognosis, bias, generalisability, systematic reviews and clinical guidelines.
On completion of this subject students should be able to critically appraise evidence relating to the causation, diagnosis, natural history, treatment and prognosis of disease.
Written / online weekly assessment tasks 50%
Final assignment 50%
15 contact hours over 2 days
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Second semester 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr E MacFarlane |
Environmental influences on health including physical, chemical and biological hazards as well as principles of assessment, management and control of environmental health risks.
On completion of this unit students should be able to:
Written assignments (70%)
Online discussion (10%)
Online exam (20%)
OCL plus 3 day block
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital First semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr R Hall |
Epidemiology and control of chronic diseases. Overview of important chronic diseases in Australia in 2011, and strategies for their prevention and control. Measurement of disease and burden of disease; concept of risk factors and risk factors for important chronic diseases; the effect of social and economic factors on the epidemiology of chronic diseases; impact of chronic diseases on society and the economy; smoking, nutrition and physical activity as risk factors for important chronic diseases; cardiovascular diseases and their prevention; oral diseases and their prevention; injuries and their prevention; respiratory diseases and their prevention; cancers and their prevention; screening as a public health tool; health promotion as a public health tool; use of evidence in public health programmes to prevent chronic diseases.
On completion of this unit, the successful student will:
Online class tasks (50%) and written assignments (50%)
15 contact hours over 2 days
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Second semester 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr A Wluka |
This unit provides an introduction to the research methods used in observational studies and is designed to help the student develop the practical skills required in the design and assessment of a research project. It covers issues in protocol design, including study type selection, introduction to questionnaire design, sampling methods, and ethics approval. This introduces the student to planning data management and statistical analysis and developing a study budget. An introduction to the role of qualitative research is also covered.
On completion of this unit the student should be able to:
Assignments (40%)
Examination (50%)
Participation (10%)
For Option 1: 2 hours per week;
For Option 2: 15 contact hours over 2 days
OCL
Note: these options are not interchangeable midway through semester.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Second semester 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor K Leder, Dr R Hall |
Importance of transmission source, host and organism factors in infectious disease epidemiology. Outbreak investigation, surveillance of infectious diseases, prevention/control strategies, mathematical modelling of infectious diseases and of impact of immunity. Includes discussion of infection control, vaccines, exotic and emerging diseases.
On completion of this unit participants will be able to:
Online participation (60%)
Class presentation (40%)
3 Block days
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Second semester 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr D Glass |
How to recognise, evaluate and control hazards in workplaces arising from substances, sound, radiation and micro-organisms. Principles and practice of occupational hygiene including the use of simple instruments, ventilation, personal protective equipment and workplace substances laws. Hygienic standards and their various forms and notations. The difficulties of assessing prior exposures for medico-legal and epidemiological purposes
Multiple choice tests (50%)
Web-based tasks (20%)
Workbook (5%)
Written assignment (25%)
20 hours contact over 3 days
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Second semester 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor C Reid |
This unit will equip students with the skills for the design, implementation and analysis of randomised controlled clinical trials. It will enable student to formulate research question, select and recruit study subjects, compare groups, conduct randomisation, interpret findings, manage outcomes and consider issues of ethics, budget and quality assurance.
On completion of this unit students should be able to:
Written assignments (80%)
Online assessment (20%)
15 contact hours over 2 days.
15 contact hours over 2 days
MPH5213
This unit assumes a basic understanding of the principles of informed consent
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital First semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Helen Ackland and Assoc Prof Alistair Nichol |
An overview of measures and issues in clinical research; sampling and inference; selecting items, reducing items and creating aggregate scores; inter-rater and intra-rater reliability; reliability and interval consistency of responses; assessing the validity of measures; responsiveness of measures to significant clinical change; strategies for gathering data; wording of questions and design of response categories; data entry and management and handling of missing data.
On completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Written/online weekly assessment tasks 50%
Final assignment 50%
15 Contact hours over 2 days
15 contact hours over 2 days
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Second semester 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Prof R Buchbinder |
Critical appraisal of literature reviews; problem formulation and protocol development; intra-rater agreement for assessment of relevance; validity assessments; data collection forms; variation between study findings, combining the findings of independent studies, inferences based upon overviews; statistics of meta analysis, Cochrane Collaboration.
On completion of this unit students should be able to:
Group presentation of a systematic review (70%)
Individual critical appraisal of a published literature review (20%)
Online participation (10%)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital First semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr R Stuckey |
The effects and human cost of occupational disease and injury, occupational health and safety law, worker's compensation, negligence, occupational rehabilitation, historical achievements and challenges, international and national organisations.
This unit aims to provide an introduction to occupational health and safety. On completion of this unit students should be able to:
Web-based tasks (15%)
Assignments (45%)
Examination (40%)
3 block days
Must be enrolled in a Postgraduate course
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital First semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr D Goddard |
The psycho-social effects of work on individuals is explained from a preventive viewpoint. Mental illness and its effect on employment is considered. Also disability discrimination and equal employment opportunity legislation, employee assistance programs and workplace health promotion.
Web-based tasks (20%)
Assignments (40%)
Online test (10%)
Examination (30%)
3 Block days
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital First semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr D Glass |
Prevention of human disease resulting from workplace exposures to chemical and biological hazards. Covering toxicological principles, health effects of the major groups of chemical substances, as well as biological hazards from blood and bodily secretions, water, food, animals and travelling abroad.
On completion of this subject students should be able to:
Multiple choice test and short answer test (10% each);
Web based tasks (20%)
Short essay (15%)
Written assignment (25%)
Presentation (20%)
18 contact over 4 days
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Second semester 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr R Stuckey |
Introduction to principles & practice of ergonomics. Occupational hygiene as applied to physical hazards: noise, radiation, thermal environments & pressure effects.
On completion of this unit students should be able to:
Web-based tasks (10%)
Written assignments (45%)
Examination (30%)
Multiple Choice tests (15%)
3 block days
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Trimester 2 2013 (On-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms B Laidlaw |
Aspects and influences on child and adolescent public health from a local and international perspective. History and development of public health as it relates to children, mental health, public health policies, injury prevention, disability, indigenous and cross-cultural issues, the impact of poverty and disadvantage, oral health, health screening and surveillance, genetic testing, nutrition, health promotion, international health, families, and health lifestyles.
On completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Written assignments 70%
Oral presentation 30%
5 day intensive block at Melbourne University
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Term 3 2013 (On-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr C Morgan / Ms E Kennedy |
This subject will provide an overview of the history, principles and practice of primary health care in developing countries, as well as the interaction between primary healthcare and current trends in global health and international development.
On completion of this unit students should be able to:
Written task (3,00 - 4,000 words) 60%
Group presentation (20%), Individual reflection (1,000 words) on group work (20%)
6 x 4 weekday contact hours
1 x 7 weekend contact hour
5 day block
Basic computer proficiency
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Term 2 2013 (On-campus block of classes) Alfred Hospital Term 3 2013 (On-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr B Coghlan; Mr C Hagarty |
Rapid appraisal of community health needs; public health surveillance; population surveys; survey sampling methods; measuring mortality; measurement of the burden of disease; program monitoring; quality assurance in primary healthcare; using health data for decision making; participatory evaluation of health programs; and applied health research.
This unit aims to develop students' competence in the basic quantitative and qualitative tools used to manage community-based primary health care programs, including needs assessments, planning and evaluation, health information collection, and operations research in a developing country setting.
On completion of this unit students will be able to:
Develop competence in the basic qualitative tools used to manage community-based primary health care programs, including assessments, planning and evaluation, health information collection, and operations research in a developing country setting.
Written assignments: 1 x (40%)
1 x (60%)
5 day intensive block
Students completing MPH5249 cannot undertake MPH5213
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Term 2 2013 (On-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr N Gray |
This unit provides an overview of women's and children's health in resource poor settings using a life cycle approach. It explores the current health status of women and children; analyses the determinants of women's and children's health in poor communities; provides an introduction to program planning, implementation, management and the evaluation of effective strategies; and includes specific sessions on reproductive health; maternal, newborn and child health; adolescent health; children's rights; gender; disability; and healthy ageing.
On completion of this unit, students should:
Written assignments (45%)
Group Presentation (15%)
Short answer examination (40% ).
6 day intensive block (weekdays only)
Basic computer proficiency
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr E Kennedy |
The unit will cover the epidemiology and burden of disease of existing and emerging communicable diseases of public health importance in developing countries. The Unit introduces students to a comprehensive evidence based approach to communicable disease control at both the individual and population level, including health promotion, disease prevention and case management. Drawing on practical examples and case studies, students will gain an appreciation of the challenges and approaches to the control of communicable diseases in resource-constrained settings.
This Unit aims to equip students with an understanding of the key principles and practice of communicable disease control and an appreciation of the challenges and effective approaches in resource-constrained settings. By the end of this Unit students should be able to:
Exercise 15%
Essay 45%
Short-answer examination 40%.
8 x 4 weekday contact hours
Basic computer proficiency
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Term 1 2013 (On-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor M Toole |
Public health consequences of complex humanitarian emergencies involving armed conflict, population displacement, food scarcity and an outline of the critical public health interventions in these settings.
On completion of this unit students will:
Short answer examination 50%
Written assignment 50%
7 day intensive block
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor M Toole |
Food security & nutritional issues in developing countries, emphasising causal factors, field programs addressing famine & under nutrition.
On completion of this subject, students will be able to:
Short answer examination (50%)
Written assignment (50%)
3 x 2 weekday contact hours and 3 x 7 weekend contact hours
Basic computer proficiency
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital First semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr B Crammond and Dr L Bishop |
The interrelationship between public health, human rights and ethics. Includes discussion of aboriginal health, women's health, HIV/AIDS, intellectual property and access to pharmaceuticals, refugee health, complex humanitarian crises amongst other topics analysed from a human rights perspective.
On completion of this unit students will be able to:
Written assignments mid-semester (30%)
Written assignments end-semester (70%) - on campus students.
Written assignments (60%)
Contribution to online discussion forum (40%) - off campus students.
2 contact hours per week for on-campus students.
Weekly reading as required and contribution to online discussion forum
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor B Gabbe |
Epidemiology of injury in Australia and Victoria and data and research that underpins current knowledge of major causes, risk factors and vulnerable population groups. Current initiatives (both government and non-government) to address major injury problems in Victoria, including a creative and critical focus on effective countermeasures, prevention programs, strategies and evaluation.
On completion of this unit, students will have an understanding of:
Written assignments
Oral presentation
5 day intensive block.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | TBC |
An overview of Aboriginal health, especially in Victoria. The study of Aboriginal health in Australia often focuses on the health of communities in the remote northern and western areas of the continent. Provide an understanding of the historical, socio-economic and cultural contexts of ill-health in the Aboriginal community; more about learning appropriate questions to ask and appropriate ways of asking them, than trying to only provide solutions. Will also introduce participants to the major health issues and provide practical information about the delivery of appropriate health care and the role of Aboriginal community controlled health services. Participants will be provided with sources of further information and expertise about Victorian Aboriginal community health with a reflection on that in other parts of Australia.
At the completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Case study (15%), Written assignment 3,500-4,000 words (85%).
5 day intensive block
Basic computer proficiency
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Trimester 2 2013 (On-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms L Renkin |
The unit is designed to enhance participants' understanding of HIV, the impact of HIV epidemics throughout the developing world, and the evidence underpinning appropriate programmatic responses to HIV. The unit presents analysis of the risk and vulnerability of individuals and communities to HIV infection, explores the latest evidence and policy developments relevant to prevention, care/support and treatment approaches, and aims to expand participants' skills in developing appropriate evidence-based responses to HIV. Recent shifts in global policy are presented along with a number of case studies drawn from 'real-world' programs to facilitate students' learning
The unit aims to assist participants to:
Short-answer examination (40%) Essay 4,000 words (60%).
7 day intensive block
Basic computer proficiency
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Second semester 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr F Hanna / Professor B Oldenburg |
This unit will examine policy and systemic approaches to disease prevention and health promotion at the level of individuals and populations in a global world. The major global causes of disease burden, their risk factors and more upstream influences will be examined with respect to policy and system-level approaches. Students will reflect on the complex interplay among evidence, policy and practice in relation to prevention. Case studies from both developed and resource poor countries will be considered. This unit is one of a group of policy units that also include MPH2069 and MPH2072.
On completion of this unit students will be able to:
Written assignments (70%)
Online participation (30%)
2 Block days
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Second semester 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Mrs E Kennedy |
Review of legal management principles related to health care by examining common law principles and statutes. Examination of the Australian legal system, including the Coroner's court, with an emphasis on Victorian and Commonwealth cases and statutes. Focus on key areas of medical and health law such as negligence consent, privacy of health information, clinical research, abortion, euthanasia, mental health, infectious diseases, health complaints and law for health facilities such as hospitals.
At the end of this unit, students should be able to:
Web-based tasks (50%)
Written assignments (50%)
15 contact hours over 2 block days
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital First semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Prof J Stoelwinder |
Reviews key management, organisation theory & its application to healthcare settings. The role of the manager, leadership skills, staffing issues including performance management, managing change, structuring organisations for patient care, developing strategy, and designing business plans.
On completion of this unit students should be able to:
Web-based tasks (50%)
Written assignments (50%)
15 contact hours over 2 block days
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Second semester 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Historical, political & social factors impacting on quality measurement in health care. Relationship of industrial & health care quality monitoring. Epidemiological & statistical quality measurement principles. Strength & limitations of current monitoring techniques & different sources of health care quality data. Principles of clinical indicator programs, adverse event monitoring, satisfaction surveys & benchmarking. Relationship between evidence based medicine, clinical practice guidelines & quality improvement. Design, implementation & evaluation of quality improvement programs in clinical settings. The content builds on other management units in the program such as MPH5266 and Biostatistics and Epidemiology. It is a core unit of the Graduate Diploma and Master of Health Services Management.
On completion of this unit student should be able to:
Web-based tasks 50%
Written assignments 50%.
15 contact hours over 2 block days
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital First semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms K Makarounas-Kirchmann / Mr R Cornick |
An introduction to basic accounting principles for non-accountants. Financial issues confronting clinical managers including the understanding and interpretation of common accounting reports, budgeting and financial analysis. An introduction to basic economic theory relevant to clinicians and clinical managers, including funding health care services and economics evaluations that guide health care policy and decision making.
On completion of this unit students should be able to:
Part 1
Part 2
Web-based tasks 50%
Written assignments 25%
Multiple-choice examination 25%.
15 contact hours over 2 block days
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital First semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr C Joyce, Prof B Oldenburg |
Delivery of health services is underpinned by a framework of health policies and other health system elements. Health professional leaders and managers, and those who aspire to these roles, need to know about these policies and about the process of policy making so that they can understand why a policy is what it is, and how to engage in the policy making process.
This unit involves a structured review of policy making processes, via WebCT based modules, readings and online tasks, supplemented by workshops with senior health policy practitioners. It considers key challenges and major issues confronting governments and health systems around the world, and how policy can help address these. The unit presents foundation concepts in health policy, which can be extended with further study of health care delivery policies (MPH5272) and/or global health and primary prevention policies (MPH5260).
Web-based tasks (40%)
Written assignments (60%)
15 contact hours over 2 block days
MPH5231
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Second semester 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor R Wolfe |
Statistical methods for clinical trials data, including design considerations, sequential analysis, bioequivalence and analysis of repeated measures data. Methods for measuring agreement between raters or instruments including kappa statistics and intraclass correlation coefficients. Analysis of survival time data with Cox proportional hazards regression models. Methods for process control. Combination of lectures and data analysis sessions on laptop computers using Stata statistical software.
On completion of this unit students should have:
Two written assignments (100%)
3 Block days
://www.med.monash.edu.au/epidemiology/pgrad
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Second semester 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor A Mahal |
This unit will examine reform and development in health services from an international, national and local perspective. The focus of the unit will explore the implementation of health policy reform and the multitude of issues, drivers, demands, complexities and consequent impacts related to reform. Areas of concentration include international and national governing entities, the Australian health care system, developed and developing country health systems, roles of institutions (hospitals), an various applications of reform movements/models in care delivery.
On completion of this unit students should be able to:
Web-based tasks (50%)
Written assignments (50%)
15 contact hours over 2 block days
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital First semester 2013 (Off-campus) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) Alfred Hospital Full year 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Full year 2013 (Off-campus) Alfred Hospital Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Prof J Stoelwinder and Professor F Cicuttini |
The unit is designed to consolidate the theoretical and practical skills acquired in the Master of Health Services Management or the Masters of Public Health by exploring in detail a complex problem within their workplace or within a health care setting.
Alternatively, subject to the approval of the course coordinator, students may seek a limited placement in a health service to explore a particular issue for their case-study. This may include an overseas placement.
The case-study is not intended to be original research. In some instances, this case study might be suitable for submission as the case-study for the Royal Australasian College of Medical Administrators (RACMA) Fellowship.
On completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Written report 100%
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Second semester 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr N Betts |
Concepts & practice of Occupational health and safety management systems within work environments, including the conduct of an audit are examined. Includes accident/incident causation theories and models, investigative techniques, reporting & statistics, safety systems, fire prevention & control. Incident causation and accident types, including slips, trips and falls are also examined.
Assessment:
Web-based tasks (20%)
Assignments (40%)
Block study participation (40%)
3 day block
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital First semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms L Shiel / Prof C Reid |
This unit is aimed at research professionals who manage clinical trial data or researchers who wish to develop skills in this area. Students will be given guidance to enable them to develop standards of best practice, be able to assess new technologies to ensure data quality and efficient data processing. Students will be given guidance on accepted practices for clinical data management and for data capture system design and development. Practical skills will be developed through the completion of weekly data management tasks for a hypothetical study, with a database developed using Microsoft Access. Note: Students will require access to Microsoft Access to complete most weekly tasks.
On completion of this unit students will:
Online discussion participation and questions (10%)
written assignments (60%)
take-home examination (30%)
2 block days
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Trimester 3 2013 (On-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms C Murphy |
Overview of communications and training skills needed for community health work in developing countries. Training strategies for community health work including adult learning principles, theory and application, design and program establishment options, facilitation skills and Participatory methods. Communication strategies for health promotion. Communication skills for effective health management, report writing and cross-cultural communication. Practical approach to design and implementation of training programs and health promotion strategies.
The objectives of this unit fall into three main categories:
Assignment (75%), Group Presentation (25%)
6 day intensive block
Basic computer proficiency
MPH5216
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Second semester 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr L Bishop |
This unit will provide students with the practical knowledge required to plan and undertake a clinical research project with close attention to the highest standards of ethics and Good Research Practice. Students will also gain detailed knowledge in planning, and organizing their knowledge using methods of clinical research in a written and oral format.
On completion of the unit, the student will be able to:
Written assignments (70%)
Online posting (30%)
15 hours over 2 day block.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2013 (Flexible) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr S Jeffcott |
This unit provides students with skills and knowledge in the new and exciting field of ''human factors'' and, in particular, how this relates to health and what opportunities exist for patient safety efforts.
By completion of the unit, the student will have:
Critical appraisal (2000 words)(35%)
Reflective assignment (2000 words)(35%)
Class participation (30%)
Off-campus students:
12 hours per week, broken down into (on average) 4 hours per week for reading core material, 4 hours per week completing exercises (manual, computer-based, or online), 2 hours per week for online communication via MUSO discussions, and 2 hours per week for assignment preparation.
Must be enrolled in a Postgraduate course
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor J Ibrahim |
This unit provides students with the skills and knowledge to apply tools, techniques, programs or strategies to improve the quality of care and patient safety.
By completion of the unit, the student will have:
Letter to the editor (500 words)(20%)
Reflective assignment ( 2000 words)(30%)
Class participation (50%)
12 hours per week, broken down into (on average) 4 hours per week for reading core material, 4 hours per week completing exercises (manual, computer-based, or online), 2 hours per week for online communication via MUSO discussions, and 2 hours per week for assignment preparation.
15 hours over 2 block days.
Must be enrolled in a Postgraduate course
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Term 2 2013 (On-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr P Higgs |
This unit is designed as a contemporary analysis of drug use in modern societies and will enhance participants' knowledge about the risk and vulnerability of individuals and communities to licit and illicit drug use.
On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Formative feedback on small group work and reflective practice and presentation skills
Letter to editor or critique of a peer reviewed article (30%)
Abstract (400 words)(10%)
Written essay (3600 words)(60%)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr T Chong |
The aim of this subject is to provide students with an introduction to the perspectives, underpinnings and practice of psychiatry.
On completion of this unit, students should be able to:
A 1.5 hour examination at the end of the unit
Hurdle requirement: 75% attendance
Approximately 3.5 hours of lectures per week
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Sandra Radovini |
A developmental perspective on the evolution of human behaviour through the lifecycle. Developmental issues such as continuities and discontinuities between childhood and adulthood in health and psychopathology; the extent to which normality merges with pathology; facilitating and inhibiting factors influencing transitions between developmental phases; age-appropriate, accelerated and delayed development; the effect of individual differences on developmental processes; and the clinical applications of these principles to psychiatric conditions in childhood, adolescence and adulthood.
On completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Oral Presentation (50%)
Essay 2000 words (50%)
Hurdle requirement: 75% attendance
Approximately 3.5 hours of lectures per week
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor D Clarke |
This unit aims to explore the relationship between physical and psychological health and illness. The key components of this relationship will be explored from both a theoretical and clinical perspective. These concepts include how psychological factors affect physical health, how physical illness can lead to psychological disturbance and the nature of somatisation. Common medical conditions with psychological associations will also be reviewed.
On completion of this unit, students will be able to:
One 1.5 hour written examination (100%).
Hurdle requirement: 75% attendance
Approximately 3.5 hours of lectures per week.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | Professor P Fitzgerald and Associate Professor S Sundram |
The contribution of the neurosciences to psychiatry. Biological perspectives on psychiatry including genetics, neuroanatomy including brain dissection, neuropharmacology, neurochemistry, neuroendocrinology, brain imaging and recording and immunology. Some sessions are devoted to the clinical application of recent advances in biological psychiatry.
On completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Essay 3000 words (100%)
Hurdle requirement: 75% attendance
Approximately 3.5 hours of lectures per week
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr L Rodriguez and Dr F Minson |
Topics include the concept of personality, different theoretical approaches to the conceptualisation of personality and psychological functioning and the relationship between these approaches and the empirical study of personality. Relevance of theory to the clinical situation, especially psychotherapeutic implications.
On completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Essay on an assigned topic (approx. 4,000 words)
Hurdle requirement: 75% attendance
Approximately 3.5 hours of lectures per week
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr T Chong |
This core unit will provide an introduction into the adolescence through to the adult phase of life, concepts of mental illness and the impact of one on the other. Topics will include adolescent psychiatry, parenthood and mental illness, mid-life and late life issues. Phenomenology will be covered in detail with several sessions devoted to disorders of thought and perception. The practice of adult psychiatry in special settings such as primary and community care, hospital in-patient and forensic institutions will also be examined.
On completion of this unit students should:
Specific objectives of the unit are:
One short answer examination paper (100%)
Hurdle requirement: 75% attendance
Approximately 3.5 hours per week attending lectures.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor D Ames |
The unit is a continuation of Adult Psychiatry
On completion of this unit, students will be able:
The assessment will be based a case presentation during one of the sessions (50%)and an essay 2000 words (50%)
Hurdle requirement: 75% attendance
Attendance of approximately 3.5 hours per week at lectures/tutorials.
MPM5006 (MPM1202)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | A/Prof David Barton and Dr Scott Blair-West |
This unit is intended to give a brief introduction into the theoretical underpinnings of the main forms of Cognitive Behaviour Therapy (CBT) and provide a solid background in the practical applications of CBT in relation to common psychiatric disorders for which CBT is an appropriate treatment.
The introductory two seminars will cover the historical background of how CBT evolved, starting with the early work on classical and operant conditioning to the more sophisticated cognitive models and the integration of behavioural and cognitive approaches. The basic theories of personality and psychopathology as outlined in Rational Emotive Behaviour Therapy e.g. Albert Ellis, Behaviour Therapy e.g. Skinner, and Cognitive Therapy e.g. Beck will be discussed. General principles of CBT assessment and formulation will be covered.
Subsequent seminars will focus on the use of commonly used CBT techniques such as:
The seminars will be run in a workshop format to allow active involvement of students who will be expected to present and formulate cases according to CBT principles. These last four seminars will focus on applications of CBT in the management of four common psychiatric disorders - obsessive compulsive disorder, panic disorder, post-traumatic stress disorder and depression.
On completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Clinical case presentation or role play exercise (40%) Case study and management plan 1500 words (60%)
Hurdle requirement: 75% attendance
3.5 hours attendance at seminars.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | A/ Prof Carol Harvey & A/Prof Sean Jespersen |
This selective will examine the theory and practice of the provision of mental health services to the population in primary care and community settings. Seminar 1 and 2 will address issues related to the primary care setting. The first seminar will address the scope of mental health issues and service delivery in primary care. The topics will include:
The 2nd seminar will focus on biological, psychological and social treatments for common psychiatric disorders in a primary care with particular emphasis on psychosocial treatment interventions. Illustrative examples will include the management of recurrent and relapsing depression and somatisation in general practice. Specific details about psychosocial treatment strategies relevant to primary care will be provided. Consideration will be given to the evidence base about the delivery of high quality mental health care in general practice.
The remaining seminars will focus on the mental health issues and service delivery in community settings. Seminar 3 will address the historical, socio-economic, cultural and political issues of relevance to the provision of community mental health care. Topics will include:
Seminar 4 will cover rehabilitation and recovery in serious mental illness. Topics will include: the importance of functioning and definitions of disability; the traditional rehabilitation approach and current functioning and definitions of disability; the traditional rehabilitation approach and current understandings of the recovery process; consumer and carer perspectives with respect to rehabilitation and recovery; rehabilitation outcomes such as employment and social relationships as well as subjective experiences such as self-esteem and quality of life. The final two seminars in community mental health will review selected psychosocial treatment strategies, with an emphasis on enhancing students' skills. Strategies will include: ways to optimise the treatment alliance; goal setting; relapse management and identification of early warning signs; CBT for delusions and hallucinations; working with 'chronicity'; and family intervention techniques for lowering expressed emotion and improving problem solving.
On completion of this unit, students will be able:
Presentation 40%, Written review 1500 words 60%.
Hurdle requirement: 75% attendance
3.5 hours per week attending seminars x 6 weeks
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Enrico Cementon |
This unit covers substance abuse definitions, classification systems, epidemiology, prevalence & risk factors, major substances of abuse i.e. alcohol, other central nervous system depressants, stimulants & hallucinogens. Features of substance abuse disorder (SAD), assessment, long term effects/complications, family issues, medical/ psychosocial management, the interface between substance abuse disorder & mental health - "Dual Diagnosis", (where serious mental illness & SAD occur in one person) are examined as is the impact of substance abuse in the community, prevention & health promotion, public education, the media, political, economic & social issues related to availability of substances.
On completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Case history 1500 words (40%), Presentation (30%), and Log book (30%).
Hurdle requirement: 75% attendance
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Sid Bloch |
Themes and topics will extend over a wide terrain but cover ethical aspects of the psychiatrist - patient relationship, diagnosis, confidentiality, treatment in psychiatry, resource allocation and justice, child and adolescent psychiatry, women's mental health, psychogeriatrics, forensic psychiatry. Moral theory and its applications will also be a central feature.
On completion of this unit, students will be able:
1500 word essay (100%)
Hurdle requirement: 75% attendance
3.5 hours attendance at seminars
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Colin Reiss |
This unit covers family based approaches in mental health management and treatment. Understanding theory; development of practice skills and exploring practical applications of systems; and narrative based work with families are emphasized. Seminars cover development and application of family work in mental health systems, the central and fundamental issue of engagement of families in management and therapy, conceptual framework of the various family therapy approaches, post structural approaches, narrative therapy and solution focus.
On completion of this unit, students will be able:
Critical literature review 1500 words (60%) and linked oral presentation (40%).
Hurdle requirement: 75% attendance
Seminars and practice clinical sessions
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Jenny Torr |
Historical, philosophical, ethical, humanitarian and legal issues in the lives and care of people with intellectual/developmental disabilities; epidemiology of intellectual/developmental disabilities; intellectual/developmental disability within the family life cycle, in society and across the lifespan are covered. Psychiatric disorder in intellectual/developmental disability is also examined in detail.
At the conclusion of this selective candidates will be able to:
1.Satisfactory participation in either face to face or on-line tutorials:
A) Participation in group discussion
B) Completion of learning activities
2. 1,500 word written assignment
Hurdle requirement: 75% attendance
The unit presented as a series of interactive seminars based upon learning modules.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | A/Professor T Norman |
A revision of basic pharmacological principles of pharmacokinetics & pharmacodynamics covering the relevance of age, gender, ethnicity, common drug interactions, environmental influences, and route of administration. The unit covers major drug types commonly used in psychiatric practice including the underlying neurochemical basis for use in specific disorders and specified primary target syndromes & symptoms. Students are taught identification and measurement of psychotropic-induced common side effects, use of specific antidotes for common conditions, and use of instruments used to rate side effects. Prescribing patterns in Australia and prescribing guidelines/pitfalls are also discussed.
During this selective students will:
Hurdle requirement: 75% attendance
1500 word essay (100%) divided into 4 tasks that will be assessed during the term
3 hour lecture weekly and 3 hours studying prepared course material.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor T Trauer |
Students will develop research skills in the area of study design, methodology and analysis.
Week 1. 'Foundations of statistical inference' will cover the techniques used to make statistical inferences, The nature of 'statistical significance' will be the focus. Threats to the validity of inference will be discussed.
Week 2. 'Qualitative research methods' will explore the methods for the analysis of narrative data and case studies. Verstehen and hermeneutics will be explained. Grounded theory will be introduced. Practical steps involved in the conduct of qualitative studies will be presented.
Week 3 'Epidemiological methods' will examine the methods for the assessment of the presence of disorders at the population level and the detection and measurement of risk factors. Prevalence and incidence will be defined. Methods of case ascertainment classification systems and diagnostic tools will be explored. Research designs and methods for the assessment of risk factors for disease will be surveyed. Sources of bias in epidemiological studies will be discussed.
Week 4. 'Intervention Trials' will focus on the design and analysis of studies that examine the efficacy of drug and psychotherapeutic treatments for psychiatric disorders. Topics will include randomised clinical trial (RCT), choice and definition of intervention and control groups, designs, administration and maintenance of intervention, choice of outcome measures and assessment procedures, dropouts and the intention to treat model.
Week 5. 'Meta-analysis' will be an introduction to the various methods for the combination of the outcome of individual studies. Topics to be covered include the discovery and selection of studies, the 'file draw' problem, effect sizes and statistical methods for analysis. Advanced hypothesis formulation and analysis of meta-analytic data will be introduced. Problems and limitations associated with this technique will be discussed. The Cochrane Collaboration will be presented.
Week 6 'Longitudinal methods' will examine the relative strengths and weaknesses of studies that compare the different classes of individuals at one time (cross-sectional studies) and studies that observe the same individual over time (longitudinal studies). Topics will include the design of longitudinal studies, statistical methods, the determination of causality, attrition and other problems.
Essay 2000 words (100%).
Hurdle requirement: 75% attendance
3 hours attending lectures and 3 hours studying prepared course materials per week
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Prem Chopra |
Transcultural psychiatry is concerned with the nature of mental illness, causes and distribution of mental illness in different populations, culture and clinical practice, including the clinician-patient relationship; and the design of mental health services in multicultural societies. The role of culture in the development and treatment of mental illness is examined, and an introduction to the education of mental health professionals and construction/operations of health systems are provided. Students will develop knowledge and skills in cultural assessment, cross-cultural diagnosis and treatment.
On completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Oral presentation (40%), 1500 word case report (60%)
Hurdle requirement: 75% attendance
3.5 hours per week seminars, 3 hours seminar preparation and reading.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr A Carroll |
The initial two sessions will focus on the nature and extent of the relationship between violent and offending behaviours and mental disorder. This will draw heavily on Australian research but will also make use of studies overseas which examine this interaction. Following this there will be two sessions on current thinking in the area of the assessment and management of the risk of violence in those with mental disorder. Further sessions will consider specific types of criminal behaviour which have a particular importance to those managing the mentally disordered. These will include stalking, sexual offending, making threats and homicide.
Each seminar in the selective will be designed to provide the knowledge necessary for general mental health professionals approaching issues of a forensic psychiatric nature.
75% based on attendance, 1500 word essay 25%
Hurdle requirement: 75% attendance
3 hours attendance of lectures per week, 3 hours study
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Obstetrics and Gynaecology |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Assoc Prof Mark Hedger |
Topics include physiology of human and animal; role of growth factors; statistics used to analyse data in reproductive endocrinology; hormones produced by the pituitary, hypothalamus, ovary and testis and their interactions, regulation and mode of action.
The objectives of this unit are to provide students with an understanding of the science of reproduction with particular emphasis on the molecular and cellular endocrinology of reproduction. Much research in the reproductive sciences requires an understanding of hormonal function and growth factors. This series of lectures thus provides students with the theoretical background for a more intensive study of various areas of reproductive sciences.
Exam (50%)
Practical Reports (50%)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Obstetrics and Gynaecology |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | A/Prof Peter Temple-Smith |
Topics include physiology of human and animal reproduction; development and differentiation of the male and female reproductive systems; oocyte and follicular development; ovarian cycles; testicular function and cell/cell interactions in the testis.
The objective of this unit is to provide students with an understanding of the theory of reproduction with detailed study of female reproductive anatomy and physiology and the fertilisation process. This series of lectures provides students with the theoretical background for more intensive study of particular areas of the reproductive sciences.
Exam (50%)
Oral Presentation (50%)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Obstetrics and Gynaecology |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Sarah Jansen & A/Prof Peter Temple-Smith |
Topics include implantation and placentation, the foetus, the mother, and the politics of pregnancy; neonates - foetal and neonatal monitoring and neonatal intensive care.
The objective of this unit is to provide students with an understanding of the theory of reproduction with detailed study of male reproductive anatomy and the human sexuality. This series of lectures provides students with the theoretical background for more intensive study of particular areas of the reproductive sciences.
Exam (50%)
3000 word Literature Review (50%)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Obstetrics and Gynaecology |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Sarah Jansen & A/Prof Peter Temple-Smith |
Topics include disorders of sexual development; sexually transmitted disease and the HIV pandemic; reproductive toxicology; reproductive cancers, menstrual disorders, infertility and erectile dysfunction.
The objective of this unit is to provide students with an understanding of the theory of reproduction with detailed study of infertility management, pregnancy, parturition, neonatal monitoring and reproductive toxicology. This series of lectures thus provides students with the theoretical background for more intensive study of particular areas of the reproductive sciences.
Exam (50%)
5,000 word Literature Review (50%)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Obstetrics and Gynaecology |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Sarah Meachem & Dr Kristy Brown |
Topics include current trends in population growth and the policies introduced in some countries to regulate this growth; fertilisation and its manipulation; regulation of fertility; legal and ethical aspects of controlling fertility and overcoming infertility.
On completion of this unit students should have an understanding of the theory of reproduction with detailed study of male reproductive anatomy and the human sexuality. This series of lectures thus provides students with the theoretical background for more intensive study of particular areas of the reproductive sciences.
Exam (100%)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Anaesthesiology is the study of the medical specialisation concerned with the administration of drugs and other substances to achieve lack of sensation with or without loss of consciousness. This detailed field may include administering anaesthetics, principles and practices of anaesthesiology, regional analgesia, and remedial action to counter adverse reactions and complications. This unit is 100% research with a view to producing a thesis.
Thesis assessed by two external examiners.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Baker Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Murdoch Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Baker Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Murdoch Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Baker Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Murdoch Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Baker Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Murdoch Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Biochemistry and Cell Biology is the study of the chemistry of living organisms and the structure and function of cells. Examples include biosynthesis, cellular regulation, cytology, molecular biology, and metabolism. This unit is 100% research with a view to producing a thesis.
Thesis assessed by two external examiners.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Bendigo Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Box Hill Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Box Hill Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature) Caulfield Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Caulfield Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature) Moe Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Moe Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature) Peninsula Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Bendigo Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Box Hill Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Box Hill Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature) Caulfield Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Caulfield Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature) Moe Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Moe Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature) Peninsula Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Bendigo Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Box Hill Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Box Hill Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature) Caulfield Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Caulfield Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature) Moe Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Moe Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature) Peninsula Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Bendigo Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Box Hill Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Box Hill Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature) Caulfield Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Caulfield Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature) Moe Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Moe Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature) Peninsula Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Community Health is the study of health practices in the community which support and assist the management of disabilities and illness. This detailed field may include current issues in Australian community health, and disabilities and illnesses as community issues. This unit is 100% research with a view to producing a thesis.
Thesis assessed by two external examiners.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature) Gippsland Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature) Gippsland Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature) Gippsland Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature) Gippsland Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Environmental health is the study of the health impact of the interaction between humans and the environment. This detailed field may include the effect of environmental pollution on health. This unit is 100% research with a view to producing a thesis.
Thesis assessed by two external examiners.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature) Baker Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Baker Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature) Burnet Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Caulfield Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Caulfield Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature) Baker Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Baker Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature) Burnet Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Caulfield Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Caulfield Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature) Baker Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Baker Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature) Burnet Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Caulfield Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Caulfield Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature) Baker Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Baker Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature) Burnet Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Caulfield Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Caulfield Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Epidemiology is the study of the incidence, distribution and possible control of infectious and chronic diseases as they affect groups of people. This detailed field may include disease and injury evaluation and surveillance, and infectious and chronic diseases and their prevention. This unit is 100% research with a view to producing a thesis.
Thesis assessed by two external examiners.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature) Southbank Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Southbank Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature) Southbank Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Southbank Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature) Southbank Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Southbank Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature) Southbank Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Southbank Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Forensic Science is the study of the use of scientific techniques to solve criminal cases. This detailed field may include ballistics, blood splash pattern analysis, crime scene investigation, trace evidence, and fingerprint enhancement and identification. This unit is 100% research with a view to producing a thesis.
Thesis assessed by two external examiners.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Bendigo Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature) Notting Hill Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Bendigo Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature) Notting Hill Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Notting Hill Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature) Peninsula Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Bendigo Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature) Notting Hill Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Notting Hill Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature) Peninsula Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Bendigo Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature) Notting Hill Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Notting Hill Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature) Peninsula Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
General Practice is the study of providing primary and continuing medical care to patients in a community setting. It is particularly concerned with providing family and community oriented health care. This detailed field may include carrying out simple surgical procedures and dealing with medical emergencies, early diagnosing, prescribing and administering medication, and primary, personal and continuing medical care. This unit is 100% research with a view to producing a thesis.
Thesis examined by two external examiners.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Genetics is the study of heredity and of the units of biological inheritance. This detailed field may include cytogenetics, genotypes, higher eukaryotes, microbial genetics, molecular genetics, monohybrids, and phenotypes. This unit is 100% research with a view to producing a thesis.
Thesis examined by two external examiners.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature) Caulfield Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Caulfield Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature) Peninsula Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature) Caulfield Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Caulfield Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature) Peninsula Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature) Caulfield Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Caulfield Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature) Peninsula Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature) Caulfield Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Caulfield Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature) Peninsula Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Health Promotion is the study of promoting a healthy lifestyle and influencing behaviour to improve health. This detailed field may include contribution of lifestyle to morbidity and mortality, health program planning, and health promotion principles, goals and concepts. This unit is 100% research with a view to producing a thesis.
Thesis examined by two external examiners.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Human Biology is the study of human physiology and anatomy. This detailed field may include biological anthropology, human anatomy and histology, human evolution and variation, primatology, and human growth, development and reproduction. This unit is 100% research with a view to producing a thesis.
Thesis assessed by two external examiners.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature) Gippsland Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Gippsland Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature) Moe Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature) Gippsland Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Gippsland Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature) Moe Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature) Gippsland Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Gippsland Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature) Moe Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature) Gippsland Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Gippsland Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature) Moe Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Indigenous Health is the study of the health of the Indigenous population within the broader context of socio-economic development of aboriginal communities. This detailed field may include approaches to Indigenous health care delivery and management, Indigenous caring and healing practices, Indigenous child health, Indigenous community health, and Indigenous primary health care. This unit is 100% research with a view to producing a thesis.
Thesis assessed by two external examiners.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature) Baker Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Box Hill Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Burnet Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature) Gippsland Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature) Phi Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature) Baker Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Box Hill Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Burnet Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature) Gippsland Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature) Phi Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature) Baker Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Box Hill Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Burnet Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature) Gippsland Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature) Phi Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature) Baker Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Box Hill Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Burnet Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature) Gippsland Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature) Phi Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Medical Science is the study of physics, biology and chemistry as applied to medicine. This detailed field may include biomedical sciences, clinical and medical biochemistry, medical biotechnology, medical microbiology, medical physics, and biology and chemistry associated with medicine. This unit is 100% research with a view to producing a thesis.
Thesis assessed by two external examiners.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature) Baker Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Baker Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature) Box Hill Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Box Hill Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature) Peninsula Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature) Baker Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Box Hill Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature) Peninsula Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature) Baker Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Box Hill Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Box Hill Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature) Peninsula Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature) Baker Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Box Hill Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature) Peninsula Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
General medicine is the study of the clinical presentation and treatment of diseases. This detailed field may include clinical diagnosis, and diseases affecting humans. This unit is 100% research with a view to producing a thesis.
Thesis assessed by two external examiners.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature) Burnet Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Burnet Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature) Burnet Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Burnet Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature) Burnet Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Burnet Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature) Burnet Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Burnet Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Microbiology is the study of microscopic forms of life such as bacteria, viruses, and protozoa. This detailed field may include food microbiology, industrial microbiology, microbial cell structure and function, microbial physiology, microbial growth, microbial taxonomy, micro-organisms, and virology. This unit is 100% research with a view to producing a thesis.
Thesis assessed by two external examiners.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Berwick Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Berwick Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature) Gippsland Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Gippsland Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature) Hong Kong Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature) Macau Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature) Malaysia Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature) Peninsula Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature) Berwick Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Berwick Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature) Gippsland Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Gippsland Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature) Hong Kong Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature) Macau Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature) Malaysia Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature) Peninsula Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature) Berwick Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Berwick Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature) Gippsland Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Gippsland Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature) Hong Kong Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature) Macau Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature) Peninsula Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature) Berwick Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Berwick Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature) Gippsland Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Gippsland Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature) Hong Kong Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature) Macau Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature) Malaysia Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature) Peninsula Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Nursing is the study of the principles and practices of providing preventative, curative and rehabilitative care to individuals and groups. This unit is 100% research with a view to producing a thesis.
Thesis assessed by two external examiners.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature) Peninsula Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature) Peninsula Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature) Peninsula Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature) Peninsula Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Obstetrics and Gynaecology is the study of the medical specialisation concerned with the care of women during pregnancy, labour and after childbirth and the prevention, diagnosis and treatment of diseases of the female reproductive system. This detailed field may include monitoring foetal development, and treating gynaecological and obstetric conditions. This unit is 100% research with a view to producing a thesis.
Thesis assessed by two external examiners.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Occupational Health and Safety is the study of recognising, evaluating and controlling environmental factors associated with the interaction of individuals and the workplace. This detailed field may include health and safety in the workplace, national occupational health and safety standards, and principles of establishing and maintaining safe premises. This unit is 100% research with a view to producing a thesis.
Thesis assessed by two external examiners.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Paediatrics is the medical specialisation concerned with normal physical and emotional growth and development from birth through to late adolescence. It involves preventing, diagnosing and treating diseases and uncommon disorders in children and adolescents. This detail field may include child growth and development, child and adolescent diseases, and neonatology. This unit is 100% research with a view to producing a thesis.
Thesis assessed by two external examiners.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature) Baker Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Murdoch Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Peter-mac Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Wehi Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature) Baker Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Murdoch Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Peter-mac Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Wehi Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature) Baker Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Murdoch Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Peter-mac Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Wehi Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature) Baker Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Murdoch Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Peter-mac Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Wehi Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
This detailed field includes all biological sciences not elsewhere classified, including immunology. Examples include biogeography, bioinformatics, biophysics, mycology, neuroscience, and parasitology. This unit is 100% research with a view to producing a thesis.
Thesis assessed by two external examiners.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Pharmacology is the study of the development, uses and effects of drugs. Examples include clinical drug trials, drug analysis, pharmacodynamics, pharmacokinetics, and toxicology. This unit is 100% research with a view to producing a thesis.
Thesis assessed by two external examiners.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature) Gippsland Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Moe Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Moe Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature) Notting Hill Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature) Caulfield Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature) Gippsland Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Moe Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Moe Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature) Notting Hill Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature) Caulfield Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature) Gippsland Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Moe Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Moe Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature) Notting Hill Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature) Caulfield Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature) Gippsland Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Moe Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Moe Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature) Notting Hill Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Psychological Medicine and Psychiatry are the study of the medical specialisation concerned with diagnosing, preventing and treating diseases and disorders of the mind. This detailed field may include assessing patients' psychiatric states, child psychiatry, developmental psychiatry, and psychotherapy. This unit is 100% research with a view to producing a thesis.
Thesis assessed by two external examiners.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Box Hill Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Box Hill Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature) Caulfield Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Caulfield Research quarter 1 2013 (Off-campus) Caulfield Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature) Gippsland Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Notting Hill Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Box Hill Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Box Hill Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature) Caulfield Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Caulfield Research quarter 2 2013 (Off-campus) Caulfield Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature) Gippsland Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Notting Hill Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Box Hill Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Box Hill Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature) Caulfield Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Caulfield Research quarter 3 2013 (Off-campus) Caulfield Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature) Gippsland Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Notting Hill Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Box Hill Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Box Hill Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature) Caulfield Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Caulfield Research quarter 4 2013 (Off-campus) Caulfield Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature) Gippsland Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Notting Hill Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Psychology is the study of the science of human nature and of mental states and processes. It includes the study of human and animal behaviour. This detailed field may include abnormal psychology, behaviourism, clinical psychology, cognitive processes, developmental psychology, neuropsychology, personality theory and assessment, physiological psychology, and social psychology. This unit is 100% research with a view to producing a thesis.
Thesis assessed by two external examiners.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Radiography and medical imaging is the study of technologies which use ionising and non-ionising (e.g. ultrasound) radiation to diagnose, treat and follow the course of disease and its response to treatment. This detailed field may include interpreting and evaluating medical images, ultrasound and x-ray equipment, nuclear medicine, and preparing radioactive materials. This unit is 100% research with a view to producing a thesis.
Thesis assessed by two external examiners.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Box Hill Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Box Hill Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Box Hill Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Surgery is the study of the medical specialisation concerned with the principles and practices for treating diseases, injuries, defects and deformities by manual operation and manipulation, and by using instruments and appliances. This detailed field may include monitoring post operative progress of patients, surgical diagnosis, and surgical procedures and techniques. This unit is 100% research with a view to producing a thesis.
Thesis assessed by two external examiners.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature) Gippsland Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Gippsland Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Moe Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature) Gippsland Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Gippsland Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Moe Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature) Gippsland Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Gippsland Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Moe Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature) Gippsland Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Gippsland Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Moe Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Rural Health is the study of health care and services, and their impact on people in rural and remote communities. This detailed field may include rural health workforce issues, models of health services in rural and remote areas, rural medical health education and support, rural community development and capacity building, and rural health policy and program evaluation. This unit is 100% research with a view to producing a thesis.
Thesis assessed by two external examiners.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature) Caulfield Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature) Gippsland Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Gippsland Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature) Peninsula Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature) Caulfield Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature) Gippsland Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Gippsland Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature) Peninsula Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature) Caulfield Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature) Gippsland Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Gippsland Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature) Peninsula Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature) Caulfield Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature) Gippsland Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Gippsland Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature) Peninsula Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Public and health care administration is the study of planning and directing the functions and operations of organisations whose primary objective is the provision of services for the public good. This detailed field may include identifying and evaluating the role of public organisations and institutions in society, relating organisational and behavioural theory to public and private institutions/organisations, and analysing government policy and planning, and developing strategies for its implementation and administration. This unit is 100% research with a view to producing a thesis.
Thesis assessed by two external examiners.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Human reproductive biology is the study of reproductive biology and medicine as it applies to the human body. This detailed field may include physiology of human reproduction, fertilisation and its manipulation, embryology, regulation of fertility, infertility diagnosis and treatment, sexually transmitted diseases, pregnancy and parturition, assisted reproductive technologies, and reproductive toxicology. This unit is 100% research with a view to producing a thesis.
Thesis assessed by two external examiners.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature) Peninsula Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature) Peninsula Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature) Peninsula Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature) Peninsula Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Animal reproductive biology is the study of reproductive biology and medicine as it applies to animals. This detailed field may include physiology of animal reproduction, fertilisation and its manipulation, embryology, regulation of fertility, pregnancy and parturition, and reproductive toxicology. This unit is 100% research with a view to producing a thesis.
Thesis assessed by two external examiners.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Baker Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Baker Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Baker Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Baker Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Public health is the study of public health practice. This detailed field may include advanced epidemiology, statistical methods for public health, health leadership and management, and quantitative methods of population-based health sciences and their problem-solving application for primary care provision. This unit is 100% research with a view to producing a thesis.
Thesis assessed by two external examiners.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature) Caulfield Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Caulfield Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature) Moe Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature) Caulfield Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Caulfield Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature) Moe Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature) Caulfield Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Caulfield Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature) Moe Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature) Caulfield Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Caulfield Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature) Moe Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Health services research is the study of the provision of health services and tools used to measure and assess these services. This detailed field may include health informatics, health technology assessment, clinical effectiveness, implementation research, systematic reviews, sociological perspectives on health, and gender and the clinical workforce. This unit is 100% research with a view to producing a thesis.
Thesis assessed by two external examiners.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Pathology is the study of the medical specialisation concerned with the causes and effects of diseases, including the structural and functional changes of body organs, tissues and fluids, and the systematic methods of detecting these changes. This detailed field may include examining specimens to determine the origin, nature and course of any disease present, histopathology, interpreting and evaluating pathology tests, and post-mortem examination. This unit is 100% research with a view to producing a thesis.
Thesis assessed by two external examiners.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature) Baker Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Box Hill Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Box Hill Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature) Burnet Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Burnet Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature) Baker Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Box Hill Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Box Hill Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature) Burnet Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Burnet Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature) Baker Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Box Hill Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Box Hill Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature) Burnet Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Burnet Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature) Baker Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Box Hill Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Box Hill Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature) Burnet Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Burnet Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Epidemiology is the study of the incidence, distribution and possible control of infectious and chronic diseases as they affect groups of people. This detailed field may include disease and injury evaluation and surveillance, and infectious and chronic diseases and their prevention. This high-cost unit is 100% research with a view to producing a thesis.
Thesis assessed by two external examiners.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Caulfield Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Caulfield Research quarter 1 2013 (Off-campus) Caulfield Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature) Caulfield Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Caulfield Research quarter 2 2013 (Off-campus) Caulfield Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature) Caulfield Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Caulfield Research quarter 3 2013 (Off-campus) Caulfield Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature) Caulfield Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Caulfield Research quarter 4 2013 (Off-campus) Caulfield Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Social work is the study of social justice and redressing the social and economic disadvantage in the community. This detailed field may include community services, child abuse and protection, corrections and interventions, policy development, and casework with individuals, families, groups and communities. This unit is 100% research with a view to producing a thesis.
Thesis assessed by two external examiners.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Ambulance and paramedic studies investigate emergency medical services, pre-hospital medical care and paramedic education. This detailed field may include aeromedical retrieval, emergency preparedness and disaster medicine, and mobile intensive care ambulance paramedic studies.This unit is 100% research with a view to producing a thesis.
Thesis assessed by two external examiners.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Peninsula Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature) Peninsula Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature) Peninsula Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature) Peninsula Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Physiotherapy is the study of therapeutic uses of physical means to relieve pain, regain range of movement, restore muscle strength and return patients to normal activities of daily living. This unit is 100% research with a view to producing a thesis.
Thesis assessed by two external examiners.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Occupational Therapy is the study of treating physical, cognitive and psychiatric conditions through activities in order to optimise functioning and independence in daily life. Examples include patient's independence level assessment; tailoring treatment programmes; occupational rehabilitation; and occupational role development. This unit is 100% research with a view to producing a thesis.
Thesis assessed by two external examiners.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Sunway Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Sunway Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Sunway Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature) Sunway Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Sunway Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature) Sunway Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Sunway Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Medicine and health sciences is the study of medical and health-related fields, conducted on the Malaysia Campus. This unit is 100% research with a view to producing a thesis.
Thesis assessed by two external examiners.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Radiography and medical imaging is the study of technologies which use ionising and non-ionising (e.g. ultrasound) radiation to diagnose, treat and follow the course of disease and its response to treatment. This detailed field may include interpreting and evaluating medical images, ultrasound and x-ray equipment, nuclear medicine, and preparing radioactive materials. This high-cost unit is 100% research with a view to producing a thesis.
Thesis assessed by two external examiners.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Day) Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Flexible) |
Coordinator(s) | Tasmin Jones |
This unit focuses on enabling the student to develop proficiency in the management of critically ill clients/patients from all social, cultural and economic backgrounds with life threatening illnesses requiring the interventions of mechanical ventilation and / or haemodynamic monitoring. The student will develop an understanding of and clinical proficiency in the therapeutic interventions essential in caring for these clients/patients within acute/critical care settings. This unit also focuses on the principles and practices necessary to provide nursing care to clients/patients experiencing cardiovascular and respiratory problems.
On completion of this unit students will be expected to be able to:
Clinical Performance Appraisal (Pass/ Fail)
Written Assignment (40%)
Exam (60%)
Clinical Hurdles (Pass/Fail)
Students must achieve a pass in the final examination, Clinical performance appraisal and Clinical Hurdles to achieve a pass in the unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Flexible) Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Day) Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Flexible) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Julia Morphet (Peninsula campus) |
The emergency nurse requires a diverse knowledge and skill base to appropriately and effectively assess and manage patients in the emergency department. This unit focuses on enabling the student to develop proficiency in the assessment and management of patients from all age groups, socio/ cultural and economic groups who present to the emergency department. The unit also encompasses the development of skills which will enable the student to provide support for patient's families and significant others in the emergency department.
Clinical Performance Appraisal (Pass/ Fail)
Examination (60%)
Assignment (40%)
Clinical Hurdles (Pass/ Fail)
Clinical Performance Appraisal (Pass/Fail)
Students must achieve a pass in the final examination, Clinical performance appraisal and Clinical Hurdles to achieve a pass in the unit.
Attendance at residential schools held oncampus at Gippsland.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2013 (Flexible) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Ian Mosley, Ms Kelli Innes, Grace Stankewicz (Peninsula) |
The advance practice general nurse requires a diverse knowledge and skill base to appropriately and effectively assess and manage clients/patients in a hospital environment. This unit has a conceptual framework of education, advanced practice issues, clinical risk management and outcome resolution. The unit enables the student to develop proficiency in the holistic management of patients in a variety of hospital settings.
On completion of this unit students will be expected to be able to:
Clinical Performance Appraisal (Pass/ Fail)
Examination (60%)
Assignment (40%)
Clinical Hurdles (Pass/ Fail)
Must be enrolled in Master of Nursing (1250)
NUR5703 Advanced pathophysiology and health assessment
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Kelli Innes |
This unit builds upon NUR5111 Contemporary Nursing Practice 1. It is a clinically-based unit that introduces students to medical-surgical nursing practice. Students will explore pathophysiology, clinical diagnosis, pharmacology, associated microbiology and nursing care associated with a range of conditions. Using case-based learning, the unit will take a systems approach to build on concepts from the previous semester's learning. The clinical practice component will provide students with opportunities to incorporate theoretical learning into care provision as well as development of clinical skills learnt in the simulated laboratory environment.
On completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Mid semester test (1 hour, 20%)
Written assignment (Clinical case study)(3,000 words)(30%)
End of semester exam (2 hours)(50%)
Clinical practice assessment (Pass / Fail)
Students must achieve a pass in the clinical placement to pass the unit (100%) Attendance at clinical is mandatory. Calculations hurdle (100% mastery)
The weekly workload requirement for the unit will be: Lectures 5 hours, Tutorials 1 hour, Laboratories 2 hours over a 14 week semester. In addition, students will be required to undertake 280 hours of clinical practice and 26 hours self-directed learning over the semester. Self-directed learning activities will include guided reading and development of formative and summative assessments.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Day) Clayton Summer semester A 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Georgina Willetts |
This unit builds upon NUR5002 Contemporary Nursing Practice 2. It is a clinically-based unit that introduces students to the areas of mental health and aged care nursing as well as preparing them for graduate nursing roles. The unit will provide opportunities for students to develop fundamental knowledge, skills and attitudes relevant to the restoration and maintenance of optimal mental health and recovery from mental illness. Students are expected to learn to assess mental health problems and to identify the coping abilities of individuals and families, and to care for people with selected mental disorders. Emphasis is placed upon empowerment of the individual and caregiver using the stress/vulnerability model and family based management. The unit also encompasses risk assessment, mental health service systems, roles and functions of the multidisciplinary mental health team, and the Victorian Mental Health Act.
On completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Mid semester test (1 hour)(20%)
Written assignment (Clinical case study)(3,000 - 4,000 words)(30%)
End of semester exam (2 hours)(50%)
Clinical practice assessment (Pass / Fail)
Students must achieve a pass in the clinical placement to pass the unit (100%) Attendance at clinical is mandatory.
Students will be on campus for eight weeks in this semester as five weeks will be spent in clinical practice. The weekly on campus workload requirement for the unit will be Lectures (5 hours), Tutorials (2 hours) over eight weeks. In addition, students will be required to undertake 200 hours of clinical practice and 23 hours self-directed learning over the semester.
Note: Students who complete this unit in the summer semester will be on campus for 5.5 weeks intensive and 5 weeks on clinical.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) Clayton Summer semester B 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Ingrid Brooks (Clayton) TBA (Gippsland) |
This unit provides final preparation of the student for practice as a registered nurse. Adult learning principles are applied to encourage the student to identify specific learning needs and pursue opportunities to achieve tailored educational objectives. The approach to clinical learning featured in this unit enables students to explore an area of specific interest in nursing that will include a three week clinical elective placement in a relevant clinical setting. This area may be a clinical specialization such as aged care, community health, paediatrics or mental health; alternatively students may focus on specific elements of the nursing role, such as managerial or teaching aspects. An additional three week clinical consolidation placement is also included in this unit that will assist students in preparation for professional practice. The increasing importance of professional portfolios for the purpose of maintaining and demonstrating competency will be emphasized in this unit. A focus on principles of leadership, management, therapeutic and professional communication, organisational psychology, multidisciplinary team work, and clinical decision making will enable consolidation and application of prior learning in this course facilitating the transition from student to professional nurse.
On completion of this unit, it is expected that the student will be able to:
Learning contract (10%)
Clinical portfolio (30%)
Conference presentation and supporting documentation (1,000 words)(40%)
Reflective activities (20%)
Clinical placement assessment (Pass/Fail)
Students must achieve a pass in the clinical placement to pass the unit (100%) Attendance at clinical placement is mandatory.
Students will have 40 hours of on campus teaching in this semester plus five weeks (200 Hours) spent in clinical practice. In addition, students will be required to undertake 32 hours self-directed learning over the semester. Self-directed learning activities will include guided reading and preparation for clinical practicum and assessment tasks.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Day) Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Flexible) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Ian Munro |
In this unit students will study cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT) and its techniques used in interaction and counselling of clients with psychological and or mental health disorders. The unit will include analysis of the theoretical underpinnings and major concepts of CBT and its techniques in clinical application. Students will develop a greater self awareness through the development of their own unique approaches to psychotherapeutic interaction using CBT with their clients, within their own clinical and cultural environment.
On completion of the unit students are expected to:
Online discussion (40%)
Written assignment (60%)
Five one day workshops (hurdle requirement)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) Gippsland First semester 2013 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Rebecca Vanderheide (Clayton), TBA (Gippsland) |
This unit is the first of three units that examines nursing practice from a socio-political framework. In providing an understanding of fundamental concepts of nursing as a discipline, this unit introduces students to the disparate locations of nursing practice globally and allows for in-depth exploration of health care settings in the Australian health care milieu. Students will study health care through a social model of health and will situate nursing care within this model. A history of nursing and the various opportunities and barriers that have influenced the development of nursing as a profession will be explored and debated. The Australian legal system as its relationship to the health care environment will be examined and students will be required to explore the complex legal relationships that nurses have with patients, families and other health care professionals. In addition, professional and ethical codes will be introduced, explored and posited as a basis for professional nursing practice.
On successful completion of this unit students will be able to:
Essay (40%)
Simulation learning (10%)
Exam (40%)
Online activity (10%)
The weekly on campus workload requirement for the unit will be:
Lectures (4 hours)
Tutorials (`1 hours)
Online learning activities (2 hours)
In addition, students will be required to undertake 214 hours of self-directed learning over the semester. These activities will include guided reading and development of formative and summative assessments.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Ann Kempe |
This unit has a strong focus on the theory and practice underpinning working with organizations, individuals, families, groups and communities. Through discursive lectures, tutorials and interactive online sessions, students will be able to examine the skills in communication for the purpose of enhancing therapeutic relationships across the lifespan and ultimately ensuring quality health care are developed through studies in this unit. The concepts of caring and helping in nursing within a therapeutic relationship, are explored. Students engage in in-depth analysis of the various human growth and development theories. These theoretical concepts provide a foundation for students to explore aspects of the social model of health, with a particular emphasis on the provision of health care to vulnerable populations and nursing in a culturally diverse community. Within this context the concepts of cultural competence and cultural safety are explored. The development of therapeutic engagement with vulnerable groups using these concepts will be central to the learning milieu of this unit.
On successful completion of this unit students will be able to:
Essay - 3500 words (40%)
Tutorial presentation - group activity (15%)
Individual report based on tutorial presentation (25%)
On line reflective activity (20%). Includes an individual reflective submission online (15%) and responding to other student's submissions (10%)
Weekly workload requirement: Lectures (2 hours), Tutorials (2 hour);
In addition, students will be required to 200 hours self-directed learning over the semester.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Day) Clayton Summer semester A 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Ann Kempe |
This unit examines foundations of knowledge for nursing practice. Knowledge generation through research, and the application and dissemination of that knowledge, are central themes of this unit. The development of a research culture as the cornerstone of professional nursing is emphasized. Research processes from various traditions are examined and their specific relevance to nursing in diverse practice settings is explored. The significance of evidence-based nursing in the context of the contemporary health care environment is highlighted. As a key feature of this unit, knowledge transfer and translation is examined in primary, acute and rehabilitative settings. Strategies for health promotion through teaching are developed through exploration of theoretical concepts and practical application in the clinical environment.
On successful completion of this unit students will be able to:
Literature review integrating critical appraisal of evidence (3,500 words)(50%)
Teaching plan & essay (2,000 words)(20%)
Teaching session (group presentation) (15%) and reflective journal (15%)(1500 words) (overall 30%)
Students will be on campus for eight weeks in this semester as the other five weeks will be spent in clinical practice for NUR5003. The weekly on campus workload requirement for the unit will be: Face-to face and online Lectures (5 hours), Tutorials/ workshops (4 hours), Online learning activities (2 hours) over eight weeks. In addition, students will be required to undertake 195 hours self-directed learning over the semester. Please note: Students who undertake this unit in the summer semester will be on campus for 5.5 weeks intensive mode.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Gippsland Full year 2013 (Day) Gippsland Full year 2013 (External Candidature) Peninsula Full year 2013 (Day) Peninsula Full year 2013 (External Candidature) Gippsland Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day) Gippsland Second semester to First semester 2013 (External Candidature) Peninsula Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day) Peninsula Second semester to First semester 2013 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Prof Mibel Aguilar, Associate Dean (Research Degrees), Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
This unit comprises a major research program including submission of a thesis. The thesis should embody the results of the candidate's investigation, which demonstrates independence of thought and the candidate's ability to carry out research in that discipline. Minor coursework such as a literature review and oral presentation is specified by the enrolling department.
On completion of the unit, students will be able to understand the processes involved in the design, development and implementation of a research project; show communication skills in both oral and written presentations to both a specialist and non-specialist audience; have demonstrated the potential to pursue higher studies and learning in the relevant area of study.
Minor thesis, literature review and allied work. Assessment will be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Gippsland Full year 2013 (Day) Gippsland Full year 2013 (External Candidature) Peninsula Full year 2013 (Day) Peninsula Full year 2013 (External Candidature) Gippsland Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day) Gippsland Second semester to First semester 2013 (External Candidature) Peninsula Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day) Peninsula Second semester to First semester 2013 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Prof Mibel Aguilar, Associate Dean (Research Degrees), Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
This unit comprises a major research program including submission of a thesis. The thesis should embody the results of the candidate's investigation, which demonstrates independence of thought and the candidate's ability to carry out research in that discipline. Minor coursework such as a literature review and oral presentation is specified by the enrolling department.
On completion of the unit, students will be able to understand the processes involved in the design, development and implementation of a research project; show communication skills in both oral and written presentations to both a specialist and non-specialist audience; have demonstrated the potential to pursue higher studies and learning in the relevant area of study.
Minor thesis, literature review and allied work. Assessment will be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) Gippsland First semester 2013 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Kelli Innes (Clayton) TBA (Gippsland) |
This unit is the first of four practice units in the graduate entry Master of Nursing Practice. The unit provides students with foundation knowledge and skills for nursing practice with an emphasis on physical health assessment. Knowledge and nursing practice skills are introduced around case scenarios. Each case will use an individualised client centred approach. Content to be covered within each scenario will include physiology, introductory pharmacology, application of the legal and ethical dimensions of care and nursing skills development. Clinical practice experience is an integral component of this unit and concentrates on the attainment of fundamental client care.
On completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Mid semester test (1 hour)(20%)
Written assignment (Clinical case study 3,000 - 4,000 words)(30%)
End of semester exam (2 hours)(50%)
Clinical practice assessment (Pass / Fail)
Students must achieve a pass in the clinical placement to pass the unit (100%) Attendance at clinical placement is mandatory
Calculations hurdle (100% mastery)
The weekly workload requirement for the unit will be: Lectures 5 hours, Tutorials 1 hour, Laboratories 2 hours over a 14 week semester. In addition, students will be required to undertake 160 hours of clinical practice and 40 hours self-directed learning over the semester. Self-directed learning activities will include guided reading and development of formative and summative assessments.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Gippsland Full year 2013 (Day) Gippsland Full year 2013 (External Candidature) Peninsula Full year 2013 (Day) Peninsula Full year 2013 (External Candidature) Gippsland Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day) Gippsland Second semester to First semester 2013 (External Candidature) Peninsula Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day) Peninsula Second semester to First semester 2013 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Prof Mibel Aguilar, Associate Dean (Research Degrees), Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Students will undertake honours level coursework in their relevant discipline, to be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
On completion of the unit, students will have demonstrated a high-level of understanding of the key theoretical and practical aspects of their area of study, including to have gained insight into the specific discipline and its place within the broader scope of health sciences; have acquired knowledge, skills and attitudes appropriate to their area of study; and have demonstrated the potential to pursue higher studies and learning in their area of study. The specific learning outcomes will be in accordance with the objectives of the specific discipline.
Consistent with the honours coursework assessment of the discipline. To be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Gippsland Full year 2013 (Day) Gippsland Full year 2013 (External Candidature) Peninsula Full year 2013 (Day) Peninsula Full year 2013 (External Candidature) Gippsland Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day) Gippsland Second semester to First semester 2013 (External Candidature) Peninsula Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day) Peninsula Second semester to First semester 2013 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Prof Mibel Aguilar, Associate Dean (Research Degrees), Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Students will undertake honours level coursework in their relevant discipline, to be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
On completion of the unit, students will have demonstrated a high-level of understanding of the key theoretical and practical aspects of their area of study, including to have gained insight into the specific discipline and its place within the broader scope of health sciences; have acquired knowledge, skills and attitudes appropriate to their area of study; and have demonstrated the potential to pursue higher studies and learning in their area of study. The specific learning outcomes will be in accordance with the objectives of the specific discipline.
Consistent with the honours coursework assessment of the discipline. To be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Hong Kong First semester 2013 (Off-campus) Peninsula First semester 2013 (Day) Peninsula First semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Bob Ribbons |
Relationships between computers, information technologies and the provision of nursing care. Contemporary issues in nursing informatics. Skills in the use of information technologies in health care settings enabling participants to act as a conduits, facilitating and enhancing communication between and among clinicians, technicians, information systems personnel, health care executives and systems vendors. Issues of privacy, ethics, confidentiality and network security.
On completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Seminar presentation: 30%
Issues paper: 40%
Tutorial participation: 30%
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Flexible) |
Coordinator(s) | Katrina Recoche (Peninsula) |
The unit prepares student for the role of a specialist in palliative care. Topics of content include the philosophical and developmental trends of the hospice and palliative care movement, interdisciplinary team roles and the family, cultural and spiritual aspects of death and dying. Medical, nursing and complementary therapies utilised in the care of patients with terminal illnesses are discussed. Assessment and symptom management strategies in mental status, pain control and other common physical symptoms are explored. Activities in the unit include fieldwork, literature review, and computer conferencing for the study of current research in symptom management and palliative care.
On completion of this unit students should be able to:
Written assignment: 40%
Fieldwork report: 20%
Literature review: 30%
Contribution to computer conferencing activities: 10%
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Flexible) |
Coordinator(s) | TBA |
Provides an examination of contemporary issues impacting upon nursing and midwifery education within continually changing tertiary and health care settings. The unit also exposes students to a range of theoretical underpinnings that impact upon the educational process in nursing and midwifery, with emphasis placed on theories from nursing, midwifery and educational theorists. Students will apply classroom learning to teaching practice through participation in practicum that will include both classroom and clinical teaching experience.
On completion of this unit students should be able to:
Essay 40%
Reflective Journal 20%
Practicum 20%
Fieldwork report 20%
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2013 (Day) Peninsula First semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Lisa McKenna |
This unit is directed at extending student's knowledge of pharmacology and explores principles covering medication management within advanced nursing practice. The first module seeks to extend students knowledge of fundamental pharmacological principles of medication management which can be adopted and utilized in the advanced practice setting. Students will use the foundational knowledge of pharmokinetics, pharmacodynamics, and therapeutics, in order to critically analyse how medications affect physiological, biochemical and pathophysiological processes. With a greater appreciation of the action of drugs on body processes, students will be able to determine which medications should be administered to particular patients in order to ensure therapeutic effects are optimized and adverse effects are minimized. Students will articulate the key pharmacological characteristics of drug classes, as well as derive an understanding of specific features of individual drugs.
The second module extends students' knowledge of social, political and ethical principles of medication management, and allows the student to explore how these principles are applied in the advanced practice setting. The concepts of pain management, adverse drug reactions and medication use across the lifespan will be considered. Students will individualise the use of the clinical decision making process as the framework for gathering and organizing medication information, planning, prescribing, administering, documenting and evaluation to suit their own practice needs. Students will extend their knowledge of the learning and teaching strategies for patient education and the government policies that are relevant to nurse prescribing. Commonwealth and State laws affecting the control of medication will also be applied to the advanced practice setting. Students will address the socio-cultural and ethical issues that affect the relationship between the nurse practitioner and patient, and will examine the style and required particulars for written prescriptions. Equipped with this knowledge, students will be expected to critically review the application of clinical pharmacology to their specific area of advanced practice.
On completion of the unit, students are expected to be able to:
Mid-semester on-line examination (20%), End of Semester written examination (50%)(must pass exam to achieve a pass in the unit), Portfolio activities (30%)
3 hour tutorial per week.
3565, 3557 and 3900
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Hong Kong First semester 2013 (Off-campus) Peninsula First semester 2013 (Day) Peninsula First semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Meredith McIntyre |
Health professionals are employed in a wide variety of workplaces where they are often required to deliver education programs to a wide range of professional and client groups. In many of these workplaces, there is an expectation that health professionals will be able to develop education and training programs that are responsive to local needs. The aim of this unit is to assist the learner to develop skills in the area of education program development. This flexible unit will allow the learner to work through the process of program development. To achieve this the learner will identify a workplace learning need to be addressed, then develop goals and objectives and formulate an education program to address the identified need.
On completion of this unit the learner should be able to:
Education needs assessment - 40%
Essay - 30%
Portfolio of program - 30%
24 hours per week, comprising guided readings, online and other activities and/or tutorials, including self directed learning. (Total 312 hours).
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Hong Kong Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Day) Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Virginia Plummer |
This unit introduces nurses to the role they play in emergency preparedness and disaster management in local and international settings. Areas of focus include the role in planning, partnerships, disaster response, and delivery of services.
On completion of this unit students will be able to:
Written assignment (40%),
Presentation (30%)
On-line discussion (30%)
24 hours per week including contact time (2 hour lecture, 2 hr tutorial/small group classes or team activities), site visits and/or fieldwork, and self-directed learning (reading, worksheets, assignments, database and web-based research, analysis of published articles and case studies, informal study groups and reflective activities); averaged over the 13 week semester - a total of 312 hours.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Virginia Plummer |
In this unit the student explores a range of practices and activities derived from integrated primary care, case management and continuous quality improvement concepts. Participants will review and critically evaluate innovative nursing frameworks and the potential for application of specific models, practices, protocols and tools, such as clinical pathways and using patient data for research and management. Students will complete a case management project in the clinical setting.
On completion of this unit the student should be able to :
Assignment: 20%
Presentation/on-line activities: 30%
Field-based report: 50%
1250
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Charanjit Singh |
In this unit students will study a variety of psychological interventions and counselling. This will include analysis of the theoretical underpinnings and major concepts of each approach. The students will develop a greater self awareness. Students will be assisted in the development of their own unique approaches to psychological intervention with their clients.
On completion of the unit the students are expected to :
Computer conferences(40%)
Written assignment (60%)
Clinical assessment (Hurdle requirement)(Pass/Fail)
NSG5214 Developing a therapeutic alliance
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Gippsland First semester 2013 (Off-campus) Peninsula First semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | TBA |
The nature of mental health and illness; the nursing process in psychiatric nursing; roles and functions of mental health nurses; contexts of care; mental health problems and disorders; therapeutic interventions in mental health care; ethical and legal issues; specialisation in psychiatric/mental health nursing.
On completion of this unit, it is expected that students will be able to:
Written assignment (3000 words): 30%
Online exercises: 30%
Examination: 40%
Clinical skills assessment (hurdle requirement)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Beverley Copnell |
The paediatric nurse requires a diverse knowledge and skill base to assess and manage patients in a variety of settings. The unit enables the student to develop proficiency in the holistic management of sick children, beyond the beginning specialist level, and prepares students for leadership roles in their practice area.
On completion of this unit students will be expected to be able to:
Take home examination (30%)
Written assignment 1 (3000 words)(30%)
Written assignment 2 (5000 words)(40%)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Flexible) |
Notes
==Fieldwork==
Minimum 1 day per week of supernumerary supervised practice in Nurse Practitioner role
This unit enables integration of advanced knowledge and skills and their application in assessing, diagnosing and managing stable, unpredictable and complex patient conditions. It includes appropriate use of diagnostic tests, prescribing of medications and referral to other health professionals. Use of technology in Nurse Practitioner practice, including information technology and information management, is emphasised. The unit promotes a holistic model of care that includes recognition of and respect for cultural identity and lifestyle choices.
On completion of this unit students will be expected to be able to:
Clinical portfolio - hurdle
Clinical assessment - 40%
Written examination - 40%
Written assignment - 20%
Residential school 1 week
22 hrs per week online activities and self-directed learning
Not available to students enrolled in other postgraduate programs
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Notes
==Fieldwork==
Students are required to be employed in an advanced practice role, with support for supervised extended clinical practice
This unit is concerned with the professional efficacy and clinical leadership of Nurse Practitioners. NP practice is structured in a nursing model and enhanced by autonomy and accountability. This unit provides an examination of contemporary issues that impact on Nurse Practitioner practice and inform the scope of the NP role in specific practice areas. It also focuses on the development of communication and leadership skills specific to NP practice.
On completion of this unit students will be expected to be able to:
Clinical portfolio - hurdle
Written assignment - 50%
Presentation - 30%
Reflective essay - 20%
Residential school 1 week
22 hrs per week online activities and self-directed learning
NUR5411 Advanced clinical assessment and diagnostic reasoning
Not available to students enrolled in other postgraduate programs
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Ian Munro |
This unit focuses on key concepts such as models of mental health service delivery, consumer and carer participation and perspectives, and professional issues in mental health nursing. It provides an in-depth analysis of each major component of an integrated mental health service and also covers special populations and transcultural mental health issues.
On completion of the unit it is expected that students will be able to:
Written assignment (3,000 wds) 40%
Written assignment (3,000 wds) 40%
Online exercises 20%
Clinical skills assessment (hurdle requirement)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Gippsland First semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Sonia Allen (Gippsland) |
This unit is designed to prepare students to promote optimal care for older people in acute and continuing health care environments. A primary aim in this regard is to provide a foundation for health assessment and care planning that recognises the key policy issues and the spectrum of models of care relevant to the delivery of nursing care for the older person.
On completion of this unit, students are expected to be able to:
Exam 40%
two written assignments 30% each
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Flexible) |
Coordinator(s) | Ian Mosley (Peninsula) |
This unit is designed to prepare students to practice at an advanced level within a broad range of clinical practice environments. This unit is offered in recognition that an experienced graduate registered nurse will be able to take a leadership role in promoting improvements to clinical, educational and administrative areas of nursing practice. This is a largely, self-directed unit that enables the student to identify learning needs and to meet those needs in a creative and imaginative way.
The unit lends itself to the application of theory and research to specific interventions encompassed in the spectrum of models of care that support nursing practice. It enables the student to apply topics presented separately in the previous course units and to integrate previous knowledge and skills to support problem identification, specialty knowledge and skill development in areas such as but not confined to, decision-making and problem solving, in the context of advanced practice.
The overall objectives for this unit are broad because each student is expected to negotiate and set their own goals in consultation with their lecturer. In general, it is expected that on completion of this unit students will have gained clinical practice experience in:
Project Proposal 25%, Progress Report 25%, Final Project Report 50%.
Postgraduate specialty study or foundation unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2013 (Flexible) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Beverley Copnell |
This unit explores concepts intrinsic to the growing child and family within a framework of family centred care. The specific focus is on perspectives of physical, cognitive and social growth and development of the child set within the context of the evolving family unit. Family life, role relationships, parenting and other family issues are examined in relation to their influence on the development and health of the child and family members. Aspects of health crisis and the impact that this has on the growing child and family are considered.
On completion of this unit students should be able to:
Formative:
At least 3 contributions to the Moodle discussion site during the semester (hurdle)
Submission of plan for written assignment 1 (hurdle)
Summative:
Written assignment 1 40%; 4000 words
Written assignment 2 40%; 4000 words
Reflective essay 20%; 2000 words
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Flexible) Gippsland First semester 2013 (Flexible) Peninsula First semester 2013 (Day) Peninsula First semester 2013 (Flexible) |
Coordinator(s) | Md. Nadim Rahman (Peninsula Campus), Catherine Chung (Gippsland Campus) |
The student will develop proficiency in health through the development of skills related to: assessment interviewing; physical appraisal; assessment data analysis; incorporating changes in health assessment related to the age of the client and cultural and ethnic variations; comprehensive, periodic and focused health assessments. All students are required to have clinical support for the duration of course.
On completion of this unit the student will be able to:
Multiple choice and short answer tests (60%)
Health Assessment Clinical Examination (Pass/Fail)
Case study (40%).
** Students must achieve a combined pass grade on the multiple choice/ Short answer tests, including the Health Assessment Clinical Examination.
Attendance at residential schools held oncampus.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Berwick First semester 2013 (Flexible) |
Coordinator(s) | Suzanne Willey |
This unit has been developed in partnership with The Victorian Foundation for Survivors of Torture and the State Wide Refugee Nurse Facilitator and sponsored by the Victorian Government. The unit will assist nurses to work with refugees within a social model of health to identify gaps in health services and advocate for refugees in the context of their community through an analysis of the socio-political aspects of the refugee context and an indepth understanding of the effects of torture and trauma on the health and health care of refugees. The unit includes skill development in refugee health assessment and responding to issues of health literacy, organization and community capacity building and evaluation in refugee health and wellbeing.
This unit will provide opportunities for students to:
Essay 3-4000 words: 30%
Case Study Presentation 30 minutes (this will be an online presentation for offcampus students and a face to face discussion for oncampus students during the second workshop): 20%
Fieldwork Project 3-4000 words: 50%
2 x full day workshops and 6 hours per week online activities
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Gippsland First semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | TBA |
This unit examines the notion that caring is a central component of nursing theory, research and practice. Theories of caring developed by Watson, Benner, Leininger and others are critically examined. Caring is viewed as linked with socio-cultural values, ethics, spirituality, politics, economics, and, philosophy. Philosophical views are drawn from the existentialists, phenomenologists and feminists. Unit also examines holistic healing modalities, complementary and alternative therapies; individual's accounts of the experience of illness; and caring work in today's health care environment. Students are encouraged to relate caring to human growth as a search for meaning and creativity.
It is anticipated that in undertaking this unit, students will be able to:
Essay 3,000 words (30%), Essay 6,00 - 6,500 words (70%).
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Berwick Second semester 2013 (Flexible) |
Coordinator(s) | Suzanne Willey |
This unit identifies the World Health Organisations role in advocating and supporting the global health agenda of health for all. Primary health care as a philosophy and a model of health service provision are described. Health education and promotion as strategies for achieving health for all are examined. Nurses are encourages to develop health education and health promotion skills that can be utilised in our contexts of practice to promote population wellbeing.
On completion of the unit, students are expected to be able to:
Assignment: 70%
Seminar presentation or alternative written work: 30%
3565 and 1250
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Occupational Therapy |
Offered | Peninsula Term 3 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Assoc. Prof Louise Farnworth |
This unit introduces students to the profession of occupational therapy and key knowledge, skills and attitudes that are essential for professional practice. Theoretical foundations of occupational therapy will include: theoretical concepts and models underpinning health and occupational therapy practice; principles and mechanisms underlying the relationship between the person, their environment and occupations, and how this relates to human health and wellbeing, and the occupational therapist within the interdisciplinary team. Legal, cultural and ethical issues relevant to professional practice will be explored. Students will learn beginning communication and interviewing skills together with other pre-clinical skills, such as safe practice. Students will develop beginning skills in occupational therapy problem solving and clinical reasoning processes. Case scenarios will be used throughout. Students will undertake simulated and practice based learning throughout the semester 2 days per week.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Three x 10 minute class presentations: 5%
Fieldwork reflective journal (1,000 words): 5%
Comparison of two models (2000 words): 20%
Peer reviewer of comparison of two models (500 words): 5%
Written examination (2 hours): 40%
Triple jump (1.5 hours): 25%
10 hours on-campus per week, 2 days fieldwork per week, and 6 hours on-line lecture material
Available only to Master of Occupational Therapy Practice students
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Occupational Therapy |
Offered | Peninsula Term 4 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | A/Pro Louise Farnworth |
This unit focuses on the relationship between occupation health and well-being that supports occupational therapy practice from a lifespan perspective, and will explore experiences of engaging in occupation from psychological and occupational processes inherent in development. It will examine the progressive cognitive, behavioural, emotional, psychosocial and occupational changes occurring with age and when people's occupations are disrupted through disability, illness or occupational deprivation. Students will engage in experiential activities, self-reflection and interactive teaching and experiential learning and teaching to develop skills in occupational analysis, critical appraisal of literature and research, teamwork, client centered practice and culturally sensitive intentional communication. Case scenarios will be used throughout and students will undertake practice- based learning throughout the semester.
On completion of the unit students will be able to:
1. Hurdle - Attendance at least 80% of the PBLs and practical sessions including class data collection exercises
2. Hurdle - Self evaluation and reflective group participation in PBLs including class data collection exercise
3. Hurdle - Successful completion of fieldwork including attendance at fieldwork briefing; submission of (i) standard signed fieldwork education forms (ii) Timesheet and (iii) Student review of placement (iv) reflective journal
4. In class presentations 3 x 10 minutes: 5%
5. Essay on the relationship between development, and functioning at specific life stages, 1500 words: 15%
6. Report from observation of a child, 1000 words: 10%
7. Report on a data set that examines the relationship between age and psychosocial functioning and wellbeing, 1500 words: 15%
8. Written examination, 2 hours: 3 0%
9. Triple Jump Part 1 (written exam) and Part 2 (oral exam) 1.5 hours: 20%
10. Oral peer examiner,10 minutes: 5%
9 weeks of academic/fieldwork (accelerated program). PBL tutorials (5 hours per week on campus), lectures (4-6 hours per week on-line), practicals (4-6 hours per week on campus), fieldwork placement weeks 1-9 (up to 14 hours per week).
Available only to Master of Occupational Therapy Practice students
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Occupational Therapy |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2013 (On-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Lisa O'Brien |
This unit will take a problem solving/ clinical reasoning approach to the management of upper limb injuries encompassing the acute and recovery phases as well as chronic conditions. It will build on existing knowledge of human structure and function and introduce concepts of tissue injury and repair to enable students to identify appropriate therapeutic strategies, depending on the person's stage in recovery from injury. Students should be able to identify the anatomical structures of the upper limb, and describe their specific functions. These will include bones, articular surfaces, joints, muscles, and nerves. Students will have the opportunity to develop skills in the fabrication of thermoplastic splints appropriate to complex clinical scenarios including tendon repair, arthritis, peripheral nerve trauma/repair, tenosynovitis, and fractures. Students will also attend an acute hand therapy clinic on 2 occasions to observe a client's recovery post surgery.
Assessment includes 80% attendance requirements, attendance at an acute hand
therapy clinic, a 20 minute presentation at a seminar, submission and critique of all splints made, as well as one 1000 word and one 2000 word essay. Students must gain at least 50% of available summative assessment task marks and complete all formative assessment in order to pass the unit.
On Campus: 40 hours lecture/practicums in block mode
4 hours clinic
attendance
16 hours attendance at seminar where students present their project outcomes. 60 hours of private study (including pre-reading for class times, research into and preparation of seminar presentation, preparation of assignments). Students will be required to attend two sessions at a private hand therapy clinic as well.
Completion of an undergraduate degree or equivalent in occupational therapy or physiotherapy.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Occupational Therapy |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Rachael McDonald |
Assistive technology promotes greater independence for people with disabilities by enabling them to perform tasks that they otherwise would have great difficulty or not be able to accomplish. This unit will involve problem solving and clinical reasoning to help the students to develop into competent assistive technology professionals and providers. The course will consist of information relating to social and political aspects of people with disability and technology. The areas of Seating and Positioning, Mobility, Augmentative and Alternative Communication (AAC), Daily Living Technologies and Assistive Technology Access will be studied in detail. Students will choose one area for their first assignment, and will attend 2 separate clinics each of 4 hours duration to observe clinical practice.
At the completion of this course, students will:
Seminar presentation (20%)
Essay (1000 words)(20%)
Literature Review (3000 words)(30%)
Exam (30%)
40 hours attendance in lectures/practicums (block mode), 4 hrs clinic
attendance (over 2 separate occasions), 16 hrs seminar attendance (including a 20 minute presentation), 2 written assignments (1000 and 2000 words)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Occupational Therapy |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Ted Brown |
This unit will provide an in depth overview of the issues related to the assessment of children (ethical, legal, professional, educational, clinical). The unit will start by introducing the reasons, uses, and purposes of assessment. Specific methods (e.g.observation, objective performance, parent-report) related to the assessment of children will be reviewed. Particular attention will be paid to issues related to family-centred practice and assessing children in naturalistic environments. Different contexts (e.g., clinic, community, school, home) where assessment is completed, issues related to the assessment of children at different age levels / developmental levels and the evaluation of children with special needs will be discussed. Ethical, policy and legal issues related to the assessment of children will be presented and critiqued. Specific types of assessment tools, scales, and instruments appropriate for use with children will be presented and reviewed. This will provide a broad base of 7 knowledge and skills for occupational therapy and other health professional students wishing to work with children and families in clinical, educational, home, and community settings.
At the completion of this unit, students will:
developmental levels and for children with special needs
Seminar presentation (10%)
Critique (1000 words)(30%)
Class participation (10%)
Essay (3000 words)(50%)
On Campus: 3 hours per week of lectures plus 1 hour per week of
tutorial. 8 hours per week of private study (reading, literature review, practicing skills,
preparation of assignments, and other self-directed learning activities). Averaged over the 12 week semester - a total of 156 hours.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Occupational Therapy |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2013 (Flexible) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Helen Bourke-Taylor |
This unit will comprehensively cover occupational therapy assessment and management options for young children with developmental delays and common diagnoses such as autism spectrum disorder and cerebral palsy. Etiology and epidemiology of conditions and the occupational therapy role in evaluation are described. The impact of accommodating the significant needs of a child with a disability in a family will be described and the impact on both all family member's occupational therapy service delivery explored in depth. Students will learn about occupational therapy methods using the International Classification of Functioning and Disability (ICF) and family centred practice. Key aspects of the child's development, including communication and social skills, self care, motor skills, cognitive skills, and play will be examined. The impact of a child's delayed development or additional care needs on mothers (as primary carers) and other family members, will be described and family centered service delivery emphasized. Co-occupation will be highlighted as the main framework for understanding the child's development of occupational performance within daily childhood occupations and family routines. Interventions will be evaluated via guidelines for evidence based practice. The major frameworks for current early intervention methods will be evaluated. Learning will be experienced in the online classroom environment and students will examine several case studies in detail.
At the completion of this unit, students will:
Assessment includes attendance requirements, a 30 minute presentation at a seminar (20%) and submission of a 1,000 word summary (10%), and active participation in online discussion boards, research reviews and proposals and short quizzes (3,500 words total over 8 weeks)(70%).
60 hrs interaction with online lectures and course material, and participation in online tutorials, communications with other students and tutor (online delivery only), 16 hrs seminar attendance (including one day in the initial week and one in the last week with a 30 minute presentation), 1 written assignments (1000 words), Eight discussion postings (3, 500 words); 88 hours of private study.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Occupational Therapy |
Offered | Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Helen Bourke-Taylor |
This unit will comprehensively cover occupational therapy assessment and management options for school aged children with significant neurodevelopmental disabilities. Etiology and epidemiology of conditions will be described. Students will learn about occupational therapy methods using the International Classification of Functioning and Disability (ICF) and family centred practice. The impact that neurodevelopmental disability can have on the child's body structure and function; capabilities in daily occupations and activities will be covered in details. Environmental influences that impact the child such as culture, institutional and attitudinal barriers in the community will be explored and related to occupational therapy interventions. Functional challenges will be examined from the perspective of motor, cognitive, sensory, perceptual and behavioural difficulties experienced by the child. Interventions will emphasize a skill building, strengths based approach. The major frameworks for current intervention methods will be presented including family centred functional therapy; goal directed therapy; conductive education and techniques that recognize sensory processing and environmental or task modification as a major method for creating routines that promote both motor skill development and the child's inclusion within family and community environments. Learning will be experienced in the online classroom environment and students will examine several case studies in detail.
At the completion of this unit, students will:
Assessment includes attendance requirements, a 30 minute presentation at a seminar (20%) and submission of a 1,000 word summary (10%), and active participation in online discussion boards and short quizzes (3,500 words total over 8 weeks)(70%).
60 hrs interaction with online lectures and course material, and participation in online tutorials, communications with other students and tutor (online delivery only), 8 hrs seminar attendance (including a 30 minute presentation), 1 written assignment (1000 words), Eight discussion postings (3, 500 words); 88 hours of private study
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Occupational Therapy |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Louise Farnworth & Dr Primrose Lentin |
This unit offers students the opportunity to develop knowledge related to contemporary occupational therapy theory and practice that will provide advanced revision of material that may have been covered in an undergraduate curriculum, but also will introduce new developments as well as critique theoretical perspectives and practices in human occupation focused services often undertaken by occupational therapists. The unit will overview and critique literature related to historical and current conceptual understandings of human activity and occupation, and occupation-based, culturally sensitive practices including: definitions and classifications of occupation, time use, occupational balance, person-environment-occupation models of practice, occupational identity and occupational adaptation. It will take a lifespan approach and is relevant to all areas of occupational therapy practice in building healthy communities. Literature will be primarily sourced from occupational therapy and occupational science. In this unit students will also develop the skills required for evidence-based, reflective, client/person-centred practice, critical evaluation of literature and professional verbal and written forms of communication of occupation-based practice concepts.
At the completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Participation at 80% of all classes
Self-directed learning
Presentation (15%)
Essay (4,000 words)(70%)
Critique (1000 words)(15%)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2013 (Flexible) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2013 (Flexible) Alfred Hospital Summer semester A 2013 (Flexible) |
Coordinator(s) | Matt Johnson |
This unit will explore aeromedical retrieval in Australia and overseas, by describing the role and operational functions of Air Ambulance and other retrieval systems and the role of members of the flight team. Fixed wing and rotary wing aerodynamics are introduced and the unit will emphasise, in detail, specific safety requirements and Civil Aviation Safety Authority regulations. Preparation for flight will cover the on-ground care and pre-flight checks of patients and preparing self for flight. The response of the body to flight will be introduced and form the basis for considering the modifications to practice required for the in-flight management of patients. Processes related to the undertaking of safe and effective patient transfer will also be explored.
By the completion of this unit, the student will be able to:
Examination: 50%
Portfolio (5,000 word equivalent): 50%
Must be enrolled in Master, Graduate Diploma or Graduate Certificate of Emergency Health
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2013 (Flexible) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2013 (Flexible) Alfred Hospital Summer semester A 2013 (Flexible) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Matt Johnson |
Aeromedicine and retrieval work is a multi-disciplinary process to ensure the best outcomes for patient care. This Unit will explore the essentials of professionalism, critical thinking, problem solving, planning, peer review and reflective practices that are essential to health professionals operating in a context of constrained resources, and who, after graduation, may practice on fixed and rotary wing aircraft.
By the completion of this unit the student will be able to:
Examination: 50%
Portfolio: 50%
Students will be expected to complete at least 6 hours of internet learning or and a minimum of 6 hours of private study and self-directed learning per week. If completed on-campus sessions, students will be expected to attend the equivalent of 6 hours of lectures, seminars and tutorials per week and complete a minimum of 6 hours of self-directed learning.
Must be enrolled in Master, Graduate Diploma or Graduate Certificate of Emergency Health
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2013 (Flexible) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2013 (Flexible) Alfred Hospital Summer semester A 2013 (Flexible) |
Coordinator(s) | Matt Johnson |
This unit will explore the specific modifications to clinical practice required when adapting to the aeromedical environment. This exploration will be based on the affects of altitude on susceptible medical, surgical and traumatic conditions and will emphasise the importance of appropriate in-flight equipment commonly used for patient monitoring and ventilatory and circulatory support. Related clinical management strategies including prediction of potential aeromedical problems so as to ensure the safe and efficient transport of patients will be developed.
By the completion of this unit, the student should be able to:
Examination: 50%
Portfolio (5,000 word equivalent): 50%
Must be enrolled in Master, Graduate Diploma or Graduate Certificate of Emergency Health
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2013 (Flexible) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2013 (Flexible) Alfred Hospital Summer semester A 2013 (Flexible) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Marcus Kennedy |
This unit will promote the development of a broad and critical conceptual and practical understanding of Critical Care mission coordination within retrieval systems. The unit will deliver a broad range of systems and process skills for the practitioner, ensuring their knowledge and understanding of the complexities and dependencies within critical care and retrieval systems. It also considers in depth the cognitive skills required in coordination, in order to fully understand and manage complex planning, risk mitigation, mission logistics and communication methods. The unit will also focus on specific standards and guidelines in the delivery of retrieval coordination.
At the completion of this unit, the student will be able to:
Examination: 50%
Portfolio (5,000 word equivalent): 50%
Students are required to spend, on average, 12 hours per week on this unit across the semester (156 hours in total). This includes working through self-directed learning materials, case reviews and discussion forums through MUSO, preparation of unit assessment tasks and attendance at a 2 day (14 hours) on-campus intensive.
Must be enrolled in Master, Graduate Diploma or Graduate Certificate of Emergency Health
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2013 (Flexible) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2013 (Flexible) Alfred Hospital Summer semester A 2013 (Flexible) |
Coordinator(s) | Matt Johnson |
This unit covers the role of the aeromedical team and the use of fixed and rotary wing aircraft in search and rescue. The content related to air search techniques includes search patterns, homing techniques and observer procedures. Rescue techniques focus on the rotary wing aircraft aeromedical rescue team and the specific skill of stabilising and packaging the patient for winching to safety. The safety requirements of search and rescue are emphasised and post impact land survival techniques, water safety and sea survival are discussed.
By the completion of this unit, the student should be able to:
Examination: 50%
Portfolio (5,000 word equivalent): 50%
Must be enrolled in Master, Graduate Diploma or Graduate Certificate of Emergency Health
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2013 (Flexible) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2013 (Flexible) Alfred Hospital Summer semester A 2013 (Flexible) |
Coordinator(s) | Matt Johnson |
This unit will specifically address the requirements of planning, leading and providing complex retrieval and repatriation of sick and injured patients in the specialized aeromedical and also in non-specialized (commercial aircraft) to definitive care.
On completion of this unit, the student should be able to:
Examination: 50%
Portfolio (5,000 word equivalent): 50%
Must be enrolled in Master, Graduate Diploma or Graduate Certificate of Emergency Health
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2013 (Flexible) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2013 (Flexible) Alfred Hospital Summer semester A 2013 (Flexible) |
Coordinator(s) | Matt Johnson |
The purpose of the unit is to allow students to explore a topic that is of personal and professional importance to them in the aeromedical context. This unit will use a negotiated learning contract based on the student's self assessment of learning needs which will be supervised by the unit convenor. An appropriately qualified and experienced industry leader and/or academic will be appointed as co-supervisor with the unit coordinator if required.
By the completion of this unit, the student will be able to:
Project portfolio (5,000 word equivalent): 100%
Must be enrolled in Master, Graduate Diploma or Graduate Certificate of Emergency Health
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2013 (Flexible) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2013 (Flexible) Alfred Hospital Summer semester A 2013 (Flexible) |
This unit will assist the student to promote the transfer of theoretical knowledge and skills developed the other core units of the Graduate Certificate in Aeromedical Retrieval to the actual aeromedical work environment. Work place experience will allow highly contextualised knowledge to be constructed through authentic learning experiences and will promote the development of the student as a practitioner. The student will be supervised by a Monash University appointed Clinical Teacher within a structured framework of learning activities.
By the end of this unit, the student should be able to:
Examination: 50%
Portfolio (5,000 word equivalent): 50%
Students are required to spend 12 hours per week on this unit working through self-directed learning materials, participating in tutorials on Blackboard and local clinical simulations and tutorials conducted by workplace mentors and in preparation of unit assessment tasks 156 hours total.
Must be enrolled in Master, Graduate Diploma or Graduate Certificate of Emergency Health
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2013 (Flexible) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2013 (Flexible) Alfred Hospital Summer semester A 2013 (Flexible) |
Coordinator(s) | Matt Johnson |
This unit will introduce the student to the underpinning pedagogical framework and themes intensive care paramedicine. To aid familiarisation to a new practice environment, the role requirements and attributes of an intensive care paramedic as an interactive professional within an integrated system of Emergency Medical Services will be explored. Students are expected to use this opportunity to build on their understanding of the range of reactions that patients, family, and co-workers in the health system experience in response to sudden illness and injury. Essential underpinning theoretical knowledge bases will be developed and consolidated.
By the completion of this unit the student will be able to:
Examination 50%
Portfolio 50% (5,000 word equivalent)
Students will be expected to complete at least 6 hours of internet learning or and a minimum of 6 hours of private study and self-directed learning per week. If completed on-campus sessions, students will be expected to attend the equivalent of 6 hours of lectures, seminars and tutorials per week and complete a minimum of 6 hours of self-directed learning.
Must be enrolled in Master, Graduate Diploma or Graduate Certificate of Emergency Health
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2013 (Flexible) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2013 (Flexible) Alfred Hospital Summer semester A 2013 (Flexible) |
Coordinator(s) | Matt Johnson |
Paramedicine has a growing reliance on drug therapy as the primary intervention for most emergency situations. Patients receiving medication interventions are exposed to potential harm as well as benefits. This Unit will challenge students to have a graduate understanding of the science of pharmacology to ensure that their patients are administered/prescribed the right medication, the correct dose and at the right time to achieve the desired therapeutic effect.
By the completion of this unit the student will be able to:
Examination: 50%
Portfolio: 50%
Students will be expected to complete at least 6 hours of internet learning or and a minimum of 6 hours of private study and self-directed learning per week. If completed on-campus sessions, students will be expected to attend the equivalent of 6 hours of lectures, seminars and tutorials per week and complete a minimum of 6 hours of self-directed learning.
Must be enrolled in Master, Graduate Diploma or Graduate Certificate of Emergency Health
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2013 (Flexible) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2013 (Flexible) Alfred Hospital Summer semester A 2013 (Flexible) |
Coordinator(s) | Matt Johnson |
This unit will cover the theoretical underpinnings required to develop in the student an appropriate level of knowledge, understanding and skill related to the management of patients with chest pain. Specific topics include cardiac anatomy and physiology, the natural history of ischaemic heart disease, cardiovascular pathology, interpretation of electrocardiographic rhythms and waveforms and pharmacology of drugs used in the treatment of acute myocardial infarction. This unit also provides the student with supervised hospital clinical placements.
By the completion of this unit the student will be able to:
Examination: 50%
Portfolio (5,000 word equivalent): 50%
Students will be expected to complete at least 6 hours of internet learning or and a minimum of 6 hours of private study and self-directed learning per week. If completed on-campus sessions, students will be expected to attend the equivalent of 6 hours of lectures, seminars and tutorials per week and complete a minimum of 6 hours of self-directed learning.
Must be enrolled in Master, Graduate Diploma or Graduate Certificate of Emergency Health
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2013 (Flexible) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2013 (Flexible) Alfred Hospital Summer semester A 2013 (Flexible) |
Coordinator(s) | Matt Johnson |
Respiratory emergencies are considerable burden within Paramedicine and the community generally, consuming large amounts of health resources. This unit teaches Intensive Care Paramedics about the paramedical diagnosis, approaches and care of patients suffering from respiratory illness. Upon completion of this unit students will have an appropriate understanding of the assessment and emergency management of patients with respiratory conditions.
By the completion of this unit the student will be able to:
Examination: 50%
Portfolio: 50%
Students will be expected to complete at least 6 hours of internet learning or and a minimum of 6 hours of private study and self-directed learning per week. If completed on-campus sessions, students will be expected to attend the equivalent of 6 hours of lectures, seminars and tutorials per week and complete a minimum of 6 hours of self-directed learning.
Must be enrolled in Master, Graduate Diploma or Graduate Certificate of Emergency Health
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2013 (Flexible) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2013 (Flexible) Alfred Hospital Summer semester A 2013 (Flexible) |
Coordinator(s) | Matt Johnson |
This unit will cover the theoretical underpinnings required to develop in the student an appropriate level of knowledge, understanding and skill related to the provision of trauma care. Trauma care is approached from the contextual perspective of trauma systems, time critical guidelines and trauma triage criteria. Specific traumatic injuries are discussed in depth and practice in the related trauma skills is provided.
By the completion of this unit the student will be able to:
Examination: 50%
Portfolio(5,000 word equivalent): 50%
Students will be expected to complete at least 6 hours of internet learning or and a minimum of 6 hours of private study and self-directed learning per week. If completed on-campus sessions, students will be expected to attend the equivalent of 6 hours of lectures, seminars and tutorials per week and complete a minimum of 6 hours of self-directed learning.
Must be enrolled in Master, Graduate Diploma or Graduate Certificate of Emergency Health
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2013 (Flexible) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2013 (Flexible) Alfred Hospital Summer semester A 2013 (Flexible) |
This unit will cover the theoretical underpinnings required to develop in the student an appropriate level of knowledge, understanding and skill related to the provision of emergency care to the obstetric patient and the paediatric and neonatal population. The student's previous clinical experience is used as the basis for identifying key differences in the advanced life support measures appropriate to the management of obstetric complications or the pregnant patient who has experienced physical trauma or is suffering from a medical emergency.
By the completion of this unit the student will be able to:
Examination: 50%
Portfolio (5,000 word equivalent):50%
Students will be expected to complete at least 6 hours of internet learning or and a minimum of 6 hours of private study and self-directed learning per week. If completed on-campus sessions, students will be expected to attend the equivalent of 6 hours of lectures, seminars and tutorials per week and complete a minimum of 6 hours of self-directed learning.
Must be enrolled in Master, Graduate Diploma or Graduate Certificate of Emergency Health
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2013 (Flexible) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2013 (Flexible) Alfred Hospital Summer semester A 2013 (Flexible) |
Coordinator(s) | Matt Johnson |
This units aims to prepare the student for clinical practice by using simulation-training methods to improve the understanding of human factors and their impact on the quality of team-based clinical care within the specific emergency paramedicial environment. The unit will allow the student to implement key clinical skills and practice clinical judgment, clinical decision making with implementation of management within a broad range of simulated emergencies and objective, structured clinical exams (OSCES).
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Online presentation of a simulation case: 10%
Online peer review of a simulation case: 10%
Participation in online Discussions: 10%
Demonstration of competence in patient simulations: 70%
Students will be expected to complete at least 6 hours of internet learning or and a minimum of 6 hours of private study and self-directed learning per week. If completed on-campus sessions, students will be expected to attend the equivalent of 6 hours of lectures, seminars and tutorials per week and complete a minimum of 6 hours of self-directed learning.
Students will be expected to complete at least 6 hours of internet learning or and a minimum of 6 hours of private study and self-directed learning per week prior to engaging in the simulation exercises.
Must be enrolled in Master, Graduate Diploma or Graduate Certificate of Emergency Health
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2013 (Flexible) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2013 (Flexible) Alfred Hospital Summer semester A 2013 (Flexible) |
Coordinator(s) | Matt Johnson |
This unit involves the student operating as an intensive care paramedic under the direct supervision of a suitably qualified and experienced clinical teacher. The student will be supported to develop the skills and attributes of a safe and competent intensive care paramedic. It is expected that the knowledge and skills developed in the course will be applied in the clinical, digital or simulation environment.
By the end of this unit, the student will be able to:
Examination: 50%
Portfolio (5,000 word equivalent): 50%
Students will be expected to complete at least 6 hours of internet learning or and a minimum of 6 hours of private study and self-directed learning per week. If completed on-campus sessions, students will be expected to attend the equivalent of 6 hours of lectures, seminars and tutorials per week and complete a minimum of 6 hours of self-directed learning.
Must be enrolled in Master, Graduate Diploma or Graduate Certificate of Emergency Health
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2013 (Flexible) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2013 (Flexible) Alfred Hospital Summer semester A 2013 (Flexible) |
Coordinator(s) | Matt Johnson |
This unit will cover the theoretical underpinnings required to develop in the student an appropriate level of knowledge, understanding and skill related to the provision of care to the adult population in the circumstances of common and less common medical emergencies. The student's previous clinical experience is used as the basis for identifying key differences in the advanced life support measures appropriate to these conditions.
By the completion of this unit the student will be able to:
Examination: 50%
Portfolio (5,000 word equivalent): 50%
Students will be expected to complete at least 6 hours of internet learning or and a minimum of 6 hours of private study and self-directed learning per week. If completed on-campus sessions, students will be expected to attend the equivalent of 6 hours of lectures, seminars and tutorials per week and complete a minimum of 6 hours of self-directed learning.
Must be enrolled in Master, Graduate Diploma or Graduate Certificate of Emergency Health
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2013 (Flexible) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2013 (Flexible) Alfred Hospital Summer semester A 2013 (Flexible) |
Coordinator(s) | Matt Johnson |
This unit will prepare appropriately qualified practitioners for extended and / or non acute clinical care within a pre-hospital practice. The unit will extend the practice of paramedic practitioners by further developing diagnostic skills, differential diagnosis, utilisation of physical examination, interpreting investigations, and implementing a management plan to keep patients in their home while working in collaboration with general practitioners and other health professionals.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Examination: 50%
Portfolio: 50%
Students will be expected to complete at least 6 hours of internet learning or and a minimum of 6 hours of private study and self-directed learning per week. If completed on-campus sessions, students will be expected to attend the equivalent of 6 hours of lectures, seminars and tutorials per week and complete a minimum of 6 hours of self-directed learning.
Must be enrolled in Master, Graduate Diploma or Graduate Certificate of Emergency Health
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Primary Health Care |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Shane Thomas |
This unit reviews key concepts in primary health care in Australia and other countries using a comparative case based teaching method. Case examples of primary health care initiatives and systems are drawn from a wide range of countries including Australia, China, Japan, Saudi Arabia and other Gulf States, the United States and United Kingdom. Key documents including the Commonwealth's "Towards a National Primary Health Care Strategy: A Discussion Paper from the Australian Government and the WHO's "Primary Health Care: Now More Than Ever" statements will be reviewed and discussed. 9 hours of this course will be co-taught with Masters of Family Medicine candidates. The following topics will also be considered. The history and philosophy of primary care practice, the conceptual framework of primary care practice, the roles and tasks of the primary care practitioner, primary care practice in the community and community health, future directions of primary care practice and the academic in primary care practice. The course is designed for primary health care professionals and other professionals involved in the management, design and delivery of primary health care services.
On completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Review of literature (20%)
Case study (20%)
Essay (critical analysis)(60%)
12 hours per week including contact time and private study over the second semester - a total of 156 hours.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Primary Health Care |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Hui Yang, Professor Shane Thomas |
This unit reviews quality improvement systems models and research in quality improvement for primary health care in Australia and other countries using a case based teaching method. The use of benchmarking concepts and practices to drive quality improvement is introduced and critically analysed. Different types of benchmarking considered in this unit include time-based benchmarking, intra-agency benchmarking, inter-agency benchmarking, and national and international benchmarking in primary health care services.
Current knowledge and practice in the use of clinical and technical standards and accreditation systems to drive primary health care quality improvement is reviewed and critically analysed. Standards relevant to primary health care practice and delivery are thoroughly reviewed.
Particular focus is placed upon the use of patient experience feedback in primary health care quality improvement. The differences between patient experience and satisfaction are considered and how patient experience tools can be directly aligned to clinical and technical standards. Tools pertinent to primary health care quality improvement are thoroughly reviewed.
The course is designed for primary health care professionals and other professionals involved in the management, design and delivery of primary health care services.
On completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Review of literature (20%)
Case study (20%)
Essay (critical analysis)(60%)
24 hours per week including contact time and private study over the second semester -a total of 312 hours.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Primary Health Care |
Offered | Clayton Full year 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Colette Browning, Associate Professor Susan Feldman |
Ageing is said to be one of the major forces of the new millennium. It is a universal force that can bring change to society and while there are many challenges there are also many opportunities for ageing to be a force for social progress and development. Understanding the health and wellbeing of the ageing population is critical for health improvement of individuals, communities and whole populations of older people.
This Unit is designed to take a broad view of ageing from across a number of perspectives including the demographic transition and the impact on the population profile, health and welfare costs, and health care delivery; the need to refocus health priorities to address the changing needs of an ageing population; psychosocial and behavioural aspects of ageing and their impact on health and well being; and conditions of ageing and their prevention and management in primary health care settings. Students will examine ageing from a healthy ageing perspective and consider the value of health promotion approaches for older people in primary care settings.
On completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Review of literature (20%)
Case study (20%)
Essay (critical analysis)(60%).
12 hours per week including contact time and private study, over 2 semesters - a total of 312 hours.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Primary Health Care |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Colette Browning |
Chronic illness is by definition, long lasting and at times severe. Chronic illnesses are large contributors to mortality, morbidity, disability and increased hospital admissions. They also make up a significant proportion of individuals using primary health care services. In Australia, almost half of all deaths are caused by the 12 leading chronic illnesses which include a range of physical and mental illnesses. These include coronary heart disease, stroke, lung cancer, colorectal cancer, depression, diabetes, asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, chronic kidney disease, oral diseases, arthritis and osteoporosis. Individuals with some of these illnesses - high blood pressure, depression, arthritis, diabetes and asthma - rely heavily on primary health care services for day to day management and support. The causes of chronic illness are both broad and complex. They represent a range and combination of Downstream determinants, such as biological factors; Midstream determinants, such as psychosocial factors and health behaviours; and Upstream determinants, such as social-cultural, physical and environmental factors. These factors may also impact on the management of chronic illness, in particular how health care and information is accessed, received and interpreted by individuals.
This Unit, designed for primary health care professionals, aims to provide participants with an understanding of the socio-cultural and behavioural determinants of chronic illness, and how these determinants impact on health promotion, prevention, management strategies and outcomes in the primary health care setting. The Unit is based on a multi-disciplinary approach, drawing on theoretical and empirical case studies from the social sciences, public health, health promotion and primary health care. The Unit will examine the different causation models of the determinants of chronic illness with particular emphasis on the socio-cultural determinants of health and behavioural risk and protective factors, including early life factors. It will make the link, with a number of case study examples, between the burden associated with disease and risk and protective factors. The Unit will also examine models of chronic disease self-management and how these approaches apply in primary health care settings. It will show how individual and group socio-cultural factors may influence health care decision making, and interactions with the primary health care team.
On completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Workshop Presentation (20%)
Structured Learning Task (20%)
Research Essay (3000 words)(60%)
12 hours per week including contact time and private study, averaged over the 12 week semesters - a total of 156 hours.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Primary Health Care |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Shane Thomas |
The international liberalisation of legalised access to gambling has lead to an increased incidence and prevalence of problem gambling in many jurisdictions. Workers in the health and human services are now much more likely to encounter clients with problem gambling and associated co-morbid problems.
This unit will define what is meant by "problem gambling" and how different Australian and overseas jurisdictions have tackled this problem in the context of overall gambling policy. The distribution of problem gambling within the Australian community and international communities will be reviewed. Risk and protective factors for problem gambling will also be reviewed. There is now significant evidence that problem gambling usually occurs in conjunction with other problems including drug and alcohol addiction and mental health disorders including depression. The evidence for these co-morbidities and their implications for policy and treatment will be reviewed.
The course is designed for primary health care professionals and other professionals involved in services dealing with problem gamblers and their families and for those with a general interest in gambling and problem gambling.
On completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Review of literature (20%)
Case study (20%)
Essay (critical analysis)(60%)
12 hours per week including contact time and private study over the first semester - a total of 156 hours.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Primary Health Care |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Shane Thomas |
This unit will review the full range of responses available for the prevention and treatment of problem gambling. Primary, secondary and tertiary approaches will be considered in this unit.
This unit will consider the design, effectiveness and efficiency of public education approaches to diverting people at risk of developing problem gambling. It will also consider individual, family and group treatment methods and models for the treatment of problem gambling. Counselling methods including motivational and informational approaches, Peer-support programs, Self-help programs and Cognitive, Behavioural and Cognitive Behavioural therapies will be reviewed.
The implications of drug and alcohol addiction and/or mental health problems for the design and delivery of treatment programs for problem gambling will also be reviewed.
The course is designed for primary health care professionals and other professionals involved in services dealing with problem gamblers and their families.
Review of literature (20%); case study (20%); Essay (critical analysis) (60%).
12 hours per week including contact time and private study over the first semester - a total of 156 hours.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Caulfield Full year 2013 (Day) Caulfield Full year 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Full year 2013 (Day) Clayton Full year 2013 (External Candidature) Peninsula Full year 2013 (Day) Peninsula Full year 2013 (External Candidature) Caulfield Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day) Caulfield Second semester to First semester 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (External Candidature) Peninsula Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day) Peninsula Second semester to First semester 2013 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
This unit comprises a major research program including submission of a thesis. The thesis should embody the results of the candidate's investigation, which demonstrates independence of thought and the candidate's ability to carry out research in that discipline. Minor coursework such as a literature review and oral presentation is specified by the enrolling department.
On completion of the unit, students will be able to understand the processes involved in the design, development and implementation of a research project; show communication skills in both oral and written presentations to both a specialist and non-specialist audience; have demonstrated the potential to pursue higher studies and learning in the relevant area of study.
Minor thesis, literature review and allied work. Assessment will be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Caulfield Full year 2013 (Day) Caulfield Full year 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Full year 2013 (Day) Clayton Full year 2013 (External Candidature) Peninsula Full year 2013 (Day) Peninsula Full year 2013 (External Candidature) Caulfield Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day) Caulfield Second semester to First semester 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (External Candidature) Peninsula Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day) Peninsula Second semester to First semester 2013 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
This unit comprises a major research program including submission of a thesis. The thesis should embody the results of the candidate's investigation, which demonstrates independence of thought and the candidate's ability to carry out research in that discipline. Minor coursework such as a literature review and oral presentation is specified by the enrolling department.
On completion of the unit, students will be able to understand the processes involved in the design, development and implementation of a research project; show communication skills in both oral and written presentations to both a specialist and non-specialist audience; have demonstrated the potential to pursue higher studies and learning in the relevant area of study.
Minor thesis, literature review and allied work. Assessment will be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Caulfield Full year 2013 (Day) Caulfield Full year 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Full year 2013 (Day) Clayton Full year 2013 (External Candidature) Peninsula Full year 2013 (Day) Peninsula Full year 2013 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Students will undertake honours level coursework in their relevant discipline, to be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
On completion of the unit, students will have demonstrated a high-level of understanding of the key theoretical and practical aspects of their area of study, including to have gained insight into the specific discipline and its place within the broader scope of health sciences; have acquired knowledge, skills and attitudes appropriate to their area of study; and have demonstrated the potential to pursue higher studies and learning in their area of study. The specific learning outcomes will be in accordance with the objectives of the specific discipline.
Consistent with the honours coursework assessment of the discipline. To be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Caulfield Full year 2013 (Day) Caulfield Full year 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Full year 2013 (Day) Clayton Full year 2013 (External Candidature) Peninsula Full year 2013 (Day) Peninsula Full year 2013 (External Candidature) Caulfield Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day) Caulfield Second semester to First semester 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (External Candidature) Peninsula Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day) Peninsula Second semester to First semester 2013 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Students will undertake honours level coursework in their relevant discipline, to be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
On completion of the unit, students will have demonstrated a high-level of understanding of the key theoretical and practical aspects of their area of study, including to have gained insight into the specific discipline and its place within the broader scope of health sciences; have acquired knowledge, skills and attitudes appropriate to their area of study; and have demonstrated the potential to pursue higher studies and learning in their area of study. The specific learning outcomes will be in accordance with the objectives of the specific discipline.
Consistent with the honours coursework assessment of the discipline. To be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Anaesthesia and Perioperative Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Rishi Mehra, Dr Enjarn Lin |
Notes
Please note that recognition of prior learning for POM5001 (Perioperative Management of the Cardiac Patient), will apply to all students who have previously completed the Short Course in Perioperaive Medicine.
Cardiac disease is increasing in prevalence and creates a number of perioperative diagnostic and management dilemmas. This unit aims to consolidate and extend the student's knowledge of the pathophysiology of cardiac disease, and review the perioperative interventions that can be applied to improve patient outcome
2 essays (2000 words each) 33.3%
4 group case discussion assignments (4x1000 words) 33.3%
Weekend block days (simulation, face to face case discussions, 5 hours each day)33.3%
24 hours per week
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Anaesthesia and Perioperative Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Joel Symons, Professor Paul Myles |
The focus of this unit is for the participant to obtain the necessary knowledge and skills in managing the trauma patient in the acute setting, as well as the chronic patient with an acute exacerbation of their disease.
It will focus on strategies to improve the outcome for these patients.
Participants will gain practical knowledge of airway management, ventilation strategies and circulatory support strategies.
4 short answer questions (500 words each) 16.67%
4 group case discussion assignments (4x1000 words) 33.3%
Weekend block days (simulation, face to face case discussions, 6 hours each day) 50%
24 hours per week
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Anaesthesia and Perioperative Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Christine Ball, Dr Chris Bain |
Students will gain knowledge of the pathogenesis and perioperative management of patients with endocrine, renal, hepatic, gastrointestinal and coagulation dysfunction.
In addition, students will learn to apply basic analgesic principles to the management of patients with perioperative pain problems.
4 short answer questions (500 words each) 16.67%
4 group case discussion assignments (4x1000 words) 33.3%
Weekend block days (simulation, face to face case discussions, 6 hours each day)50%
24 hours per week
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2013 (Day) Caulfield Full year 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Penny Hasking |
Students are required to conduct a research project based on the research proposal. This will involve collecting data and analysing it in an appropriate manner. Students will be required to submit written progress reports to their supervisors at regular intervals throughout the year. Students will write up the research in the form of a research report and a review of relevant literature.
In undertaking this unit, students will:
Literature review (30%)
Research report (70%) Oral presentation (on campus)
First and Second Semesters (full year)
PSY4502 & PSY4510
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Caulfield Full year 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Penny Hasking |
This unit covers all aspects of the conduct of research. Students undertake a study program in statistics and research design and under the guidance of a staff member plan an independent research project. This project involves designing research in relation to previous work on the topic of the study, gaining ethical approval for data collection or use of data, data gathering, data entry and analysis using appropriate statistical techniques, and the preparation of a research report and a literature review according to the specifications of the Publication Manual of the American Psychological Association. The research report is to be submitted in a format ready for publication. The research process is monitored and guided by a research supervisor who is a member of the teaching faculties.
Upon completion of this unit students will be able to appreciate the role of scientific research in the field of psychology, understand how to evaluate the validity of research conclusions, collect, analyse and interpret data related to their independent research project, correctly apply the appropriate statistical methods for designs commonly encountered in psychological research, identify ethical issues that can arise in research in psychology and how these are to be addressed, use an appropriate statistical package for analysing research data, such as the Statistical Package for the Social Sciences (SPSS), produce an assessable research report in a ready to publish format according to the specifications of the Publication Manual of the American Psychological Association and produce a literature review to an acceptable standard on the topic of their search.
Research proposal - oral presentation (10%).
A two-hour open book multiple choice examination on all topics covered in the statistics and research design program (15 %).
Literature review of 4000-5000 words (20%).
Research report prepared as an article for publication - 5000-7000 words (55%).
24 hours per week of each semester.
The statistical analysis and research design component of the unit consists of a two hour lecture and a two hour tutorial in the case of on-campus students and a workshop program of 2.5 days together with an independent study program in the case of off-campus students. This will take place in Semester 1. Each student also plans, carries out and writes up an individual research project under the supervision of a staff member. In conjunction with this, students undertake an extensive literature
review in the area of their research. The research is conducted over two semesters.
PSY4510
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Caulfield Full year 2013 (Day) Caulfield Full year 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Full year 2013 (Day) Clayton Full year 2013 (External Candidature) Caulfield Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day) Caulfield Second semester to First semester 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
This unit comprises a major research program including submission of a thesis. The thesis should embody the results of the candidate's investigation, which demonstrates independence of thought and the candidate's ability to carry out research in that discipline. Minor coursework such as a literature review and oral presentation is specified by the enrolling department.
On completion of the unit, students will be able to understand the processes involved in the design, development and implementation of a research project; show communication skills in both oral and written presentations to both a specialist and non-specialist audience; have demonstrated the potential to pursue higher studies and learning in the relevant area of study.
Minor thesis, literature review and allied work. Assessment will be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Caulfield Full year 2013 (Day) Caulfield Full year 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Full year 2013 (Day) Clayton Full year 2013 (External Candidature) Caulfield Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day) Caulfield Second semester to First semester 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
This unit comprises a major research program including submission of a thesis. The thesis should embody the results of the candidate's investigation, which demonstrates independence of thought and the candidate's ability to carry out research in that discipline. Minor coursework such as a literature review and oral presentation is specified by the enrolling department.
On completion of the unit, students will be able to understand the processes involved in the design, development and implementation of a research project; show communication skills in both oral and written presentations to both a specialist and non-specialist audience; have demonstrated the potential to pursue higher studies and learning in the relevant area of study.
Minor thesis, literature review and allied work. Assessment will be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Caulfield Full year 2013 (Day) Caulfield Full year 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Full year 2013 (Day) Clayton Full year 2013 (External Candidature) Caulfield Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day) Caulfield Second semester to First semester 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Students will undertake honours level coursework in their relevant discipline, to be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
On completion of the unit, students will have demonstrated a high-level of understanding of the key theoretical and practical aspects of their area of study, including to have gained insight into the specific discipline and its place within the broader scope of health sciences; have acquired knowledge, skills and attitudes appropriate to their area of study; and have demonstrated the potential to pursue higher studies and learning in their area of study. The specific learning outcomes will be in accordance with the objectives of the specific discipline.
Consistent with the honours coursework assessment of the discipline. To be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Caulfield Full year 2013 (Day) Caulfield Full year 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Full year 2013 (Day) Clayton Full year 2013 (External Candidature) Caulfield Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day) Caulfield Second semester to First semester 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Students will undertake honours level coursework in their relevant discipline, to be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
On completion of the unit, students will have demonstrated a high-level of understanding of the key theoretical and practical aspects of their area of study, including to have gained insight into the specific discipline and its place within the broader scope of health sciences; have acquired knowledge, skills and attitudes appropriate to their area of study; and have demonstrated the potential to pursue higher studies and learning in their area of study. The specific learning outcomes will be in accordance with the objectives of the specific discipline.
Consistent with the honours coursework assessment of the discipline. To be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Full year 2013 (Day) Clayton Full year 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
This unit comprises a major research program including submission of a thesis. The thesis should embody the results of the candidate's investigation, which demonstrates independence of thought and the candidate's ability to carry out research in that discipline. Minor coursework such as a literature review and oral presentation is specified by the enrolling department.
On completion of the unit, students will be able to understand the processes involved in the design, development and implementation of a research project; show communication skills in both oral and written presentations to both a specialist and non-specialist audience; have demonstrated the potential to pursue higher studies and learning in the relevant area of study.
Minor thesis, literature review and allied work. Assessment will be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Full year 2013 (Day) Clayton Full year 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
This unit comprises a major research program including submission of a thesis. The thesis should embody the results of the candidate's investigation, which demonstrates independence of thought and the candidate's ability to carry out research in that discipline. Minor coursework such as a literature review and oral presentation is specified by the enrolling department.
On completion of the unit, students will be able to understand the processes involved in the design, development and implementation of a research project; show communication skills in both oral and written presentations to both a specialist and non-specialist audience; have demonstrated the potential to pursue higher studies and learning in the relevant area of study.
Minor thesis, literature review and allied work. Assessment will be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Full year 2013 (Day) Clayton Full year 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Students will undertake honours level coursework in their relevant discipline, to be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
On completion of the unit, students will have demonstrated a high-level of understanding of the key theoretical and practical aspects of their area of study, including to have gained insight into the specific discipline and its place within the broader scope of health sciences; have acquired knowledge, skills and attitudes appropriate to their area of study; and have demonstrated the potential to pursue higher studies and learning in their area of study. The specific learning outcomes will be in accordance with the objectives of the specific discipline.
Consistent with the honours coursework assessment of the discipline. To be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Full year 2013 (Day) Clayton Full year 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Students will undertake honours level coursework in their relevant discipline, to be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
On completion of the unit, students will have demonstrated a high-level of understanding of the key theoretical and practical aspects of their area of study, including to have gained insight into the specific discipline and its place within the broader scope of health sciences; have acquired knowledge, skills and attitudes appropriate to their area of study; and have demonstrated the potential to pursue higher studies and learning in their area of study. The specific learning outcomes will be in accordance with the objectives of the specific discipline.
Consistent with the honours coursework assessment of the discipline. To be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Full year 2013 (Day) Clayton Full year 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
This unit comprises a major research program including submission of a thesis. The thesis should embody the results of the candidate's investigation, which demonstrates independence of thought and the candidate's ability to carry out research in that discipline. Minor coursework such as a literature review and oral presentation is specified by the enrolling department.
On completion of the unit, students will be able to understand the processes involved in the design, development and implementation of a research project; show communication skills in both oral and written presentations to both a specialist and non-specialist audience; have demonstrated the potential to pursue higher studies and learning in the relevant area of study.
Minor thesis, literature review and allied work. Assessment will be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Full year 2013 (Day) Clayton Full year 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
This unit comprises a major research program including submission of a thesis. The thesis should embody the results of the candidate's investigation, which demonstrates independence of thought and the candidate's ability to carry out research in that discipline. Minor coursework such as a literature review and oral presentation is specified by the enrolling department.
On completion of the unit, students will be able to understand the processes involved in the design, development and implementation of a research project; show communication skills in both oral and written presentations to both a specialist and non-specialist audience; have demonstrated the potential to pursue higher studies and learning in the relevant area of study.
Minor thesis, literature review and allied work. Assessment will be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Full year 2013 (Day) Clayton Full year 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Students will undertake honours level coursework in their relevant discipline, to be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
On completion of the unit, students will have demonstrated a high-level of understanding of the key theoretical and practical aspects of their area of study, including to have gained insight into the specific discipline and its place within the broader scope of health sciences; have acquired knowledge, skills and attitudes appropriate to their area of study; and have demonstrated the potential to pursue higher studies and learning in their area of study. The specific learning outcomes will be in accordance with the objectives of the specific discipline.
Consistent with the honours coursework assessment of the discipline. To be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Full year 2013 (Day) Clayton Full year 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Students will undertake honours level coursework in their relevant discipline, to be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
On completion of the unit, students will have demonstrated a high-level of understanding of the key theoretical and practical aspects of their area of study, including to have gained insight into the specific discipline and its place within the broader scope of health sciences; have acquired knowledge, skills and attitudes appropriate to their area of study; and have demonstrated the potential to pursue higher studies and learning in their area of study. The specific learning outcomes will be in accordance with the objectives of the specific discipline.
Consistent with the honours coursework assessment of the discipline. To be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Full year 2013 (Day) Clayton Full year 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
This unit comprises a major research program including submission of a thesis. The thesis should embody the results of the candidate's investigation, which demonstrates independence of thought and the candidate's ability to carry out research in that discipline. Minor coursework such as a literature review and oral presentation is specified by the enrolling department.
On completion of the unit, students will be able to understand the processes involved in the design, development and implementation of a research project; show communication skills in both oral and written presentations to both a specialist and non-specialist audience; have demonstrated the potential to pursue higher studies and learning in the relevant area of study.
Minor thesis, literature review and allied work. Assessment will be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Full year 2013 (Day) Clayton Full year 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
This unit comprises a major research program including submission of a thesis. The thesis should embody the results of the candidate's investigation, which demonstrates independence of thought and the candidate's ability to carry out research in that discipline. Minor coursework such as a literature review and oral presentation is specified by the enrolling department.
On completion of the unit, students will be able to understand the processes involved in the design, development and implementation of a research project; show communication skills in both oral and written presentations to both a specialist and non-specialist audience; have demonstrated the potential to pursue higher studies and learning in the relevant area of study.
Minor thesis, literature review and allied work. Assessment will be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Students will undertake honours level coursework in their relevant discipline, to be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
On completion of the unit, students will have demonstrated a high-level of understanding of the key theoretical and practical aspects of their area of study, including to have gained insight into the specific discipline and its place within the broader scope of health sciences; have acquired knowledge, skills and attitudes appropriate to their area of study; and have demonstrated the potential to pursue higher studies and learning in their area of study. The specific learning outcomes will be in accordance with the objectives of the specific discipline.
Consistent with the honours coursework assessment of the discipline. To be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Full year 2013 (Day) Clayton Full year 2013 (External Candidature) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Students will undertake honours level coursework in their relevant discipline, to be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
On completion of the unit, students will have demonstrated a high-level of understanding of the key theoretical and practical aspects of their area of study, including to have gained insight into the specific discipline and its place within the broader scope of health sciences; have acquired knowledge, skills and attitudes appropriate to their area of study; and have demonstrated the potential to pursue higher studies and learning in their area of study. The specific learning outcomes will be in accordance with the objectives of the specific discipline.
Consistent with the honours coursework assessment of the discipline. To be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus) Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Paul Lombardo |
This unit addresses scientific and technical principles of diagnostic ultrasound and the scanning modes. The fundamentals of ultrasound transducers, continuous-wave and pulse-wave high frequency sound, A-mode, M-mode and B-mode diagnostic ultrasound scanning, the Doppler effect, spectral Doppler, colour and power Doppler and associated instrumentation are introduced. Recent developments in harmonic imaging and the use of contrast agents are presented. Safety issues are also covered including an understanding of bio-effects and bio-hazards. Students will develop skills in the recognition of image artefacts, the implementation of a quality assurance program and in optimising image quality.
On successful completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate and communicate a broad and critical conceptual understanding of:
Written examination (3 hours): 60%
On-line assessment Tests: 40%
Entry into the Master of Medical Ultrasound course
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus) Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Mu-SenChuang (Kevin) |
This unit explores the events of embryonic development and the embryonic development of the digestive, urinary, reproductive and endocrine systems. The gross, topographical and sectional anatomy of the organs and pathophysiologic concepts and specific pathophysiologic processes associated with the digestive, urinary, reproductive and endocrine systems will also be addressed. A key component of the unit is the development of image recognition skills in relation to the cross-sectional, coronal and sagittal display of these organs and structures.
On successful completion of this unit students will be able to:
3hr written exam: 60%
2 x 30min online tests: 30%
1500 word assignment: 10%
Entry into the Master of Medical Ultrasound course
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus) Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Paul Lombardo |
The initial component introduces key principles of medicolegal practice, medical ethics, infection control and professional communication. In the second part of the unit, the breast and thyroid are used as exemplars to relate these principles to the practice of medical ultrasound. Sonographic scanning methods and techniques for examinations of the breast and thyroid will be introduced, information gathering techniques and the elements of a clinical history will be discussed, interpretational skills in respect to the recognition of the sonographic appearances of normal anatomy, anatomical variants and disease processes affecting the breast and the thyroid will be developed.
On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:
standard and ethical conduct expected of a competent sonographer;
Compulsory attainment of a requisite number of ultrasound examinations (hurdle requirement)
Clinical skills assessment (hurdle requirement)
Two x 1500 word assignments (20%)
Written examination (2 hours)(40%)
Image recognition examination (1 hour)(20%)
Reflective journal (20%)
3 days a week performing relevant clinical ultrasound examinations or equivalent
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus) Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Paul Lombardo |
Sonographic scanning methods and standard protocols related to examinations of adult liver, gallbladder, biliary system, pancreas, gastrointestinal tract, urinary system, spleen, retroperitoneum, abdominal wall and related vascular structures. The scientific principles underpinning tissue harmonic imaging and use of contrast agents in abdominal sonography. Interpretational skills in respect to recognition of sonographic appearances of normal anatomy, anatomical variants, disease processes and ability to modify standard sonographic approaches with regards to the clinical question and patient presentation.
On successful completion of this unit students will be able to:
Compulsory attainment of a requisite number of ultrasound examinations (hurdle
requirement)
Two x 1500 word assignments (30%)
Written examination (2 hours) (40%)
Image recognition examination (1 hour) (20%)
Clinical skills assessment (10%)
3 days a week performing relevant clinical ultrasound examinations or equivalent
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus) Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Paul Lombardo |
Sonographic scanning methods, standard protocols and interpretational skills for recognition of sonographic appearances of normal anatomy, anatomical variants and disease processes associated with the female pelvis, the scrotum and its contents. Appreciation of when to modify standard approaches to the clinical question and patient presentation and recognise limitations of ultrasound in relation to other medical imaging and laparoscopic examinations of the reproductive system.
On successful completion of this unit students will be able to:
Compulsory attainment of a requisite number of ultrasound examinations (hurdle
requirement)
Two x 1500 word assignments (30%)
Written examination (2 hours) (40%)
Image recognition examination (1 hour) (20%)
Clinical skills assessment (10%)
3 days a week performing relevant clinical ultrasound examinations or equivalent
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus) Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Paul Lombardo |
Review of human genetics, pregnancy and human development. Scanning methods/techniques including transabdominal, transvaginal, transperineal related to sonography of the 3 trimesters of pregnancy, evaluation of ectopic pregnancy and assisted fertilisation techniques. Ethical principals re-examined in light of this medical speciality. Ultrasound of multiple pregnancies, obstetric ultrasound interventional techniques, sonographic assessment of gestational age and growth and use of ultrasound in prenatal diagnosis of congenital anomalies and diagnosis of foetal death in utero. Physical principles of visualising surfaces in 3D and their applications for obstetric ultrasound.
On successful completion of this unit students will be able to:
Compulsory attainment of a requisite number of ultrasound examinations (hurdle
requirement)
Two x 1500 word assignments (30%)
Written examination (2 hours)(40%)
Image recognition examination (1 hour)(20%)
Clinical skills assessment (10%)
3 days a week performing relevant clinical ultrasound examinations or equivalent
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus) Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Paul Lombardo |
Sonographic scanning methods and standard protocols related to examinations of the musculoskeletal system and paediatric brain, hips and abdomen. Interpretational skills in respect to recognition of sonographic appearances of normal anatomy, anatomical variants, disease processes and the ability to modify standard
sonographic approaches with regards to the clinical question and patient presentation. Particular attention will be paid to the principles of neonatal and paediatric patient care.
On successful completion of this unit students will be able to:
Compulsory attainment of the requisite number of ultrasound examinations (hurdle
requirement)
Two x 1500 word assignments (30%)
Written examination (2 hours)(40%)
Image recognition examination (1 hour)(20%)
Clinical skills assessment (10%)
3 days a week performing relevant clinical ultrasound examinations or equivalent
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus) Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Paul Lombardo |
Sonographic scanning methods, techniques and protocols related to selected examinations of the cardiovascular system. Gross anatomical structure and function and relevant pathophysiological disorders associated with the cardiovascular and immune systems. Interpretational skills in respect to artefacts and the sonographic appearances of the examinations addressed will be gained. The process of organ rejection and the role of ultrasound in the postoperative evaluation of liver and renal transplants. Quality assurance, sonographic measurement techniques, the utilisation of specific duplex modalities and the use of stents and grafts in vascular surgery.
On successful completion of this unit students will be able to:
Compulsory attainment of the requisite number of ultrasound examinations (hurdle
requirement)
Two x 1500 word assignments (30%)
Written examination (2 hours)(40%)
Image recognition examination (1 hour)(20%)
Clinical skills assessment (10%)
3 days a week performing relevant clinical ultrasound examinations or equivalent
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus) Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Paul Lombardo |
The unit aims to facilitate the process of research in medical ultrasound. Firstly, the unit will extend the knowledge and understanding of research methodology gained in the research methods unit and additionally focus attention upon a range of practical, technical and management issues associated with the conduct of scientific research. The unit will facilitate student access to academics or clinicians offering projects and who will support the student during all stages of the inquiry process.
Upon completion of this unit, students will have gained knowledge and understanding of the research process; an increased capacity to critically appraise the literature; a capacity to apply research findings to their clinical practice; a capacity to communicate research findings to the wider community; and an enhanced capacity to extend the critical, ethical and creative research stance to their everyday clinical practice.
They will:
1 x 5000 word Literature and research plan : 25%
1 x 2000 word Reflective research diary: 5%
1 x 15min Oral presentation: 10%
1 x 4000 word Research report 60%
Successful completion of the Graduate Diploma level of the Master of Medical Ultrasound, MFM2006R
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2013 (Day) Caulfield First semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Robyn Mason |
This unit offers an overview of the history and contemporary context of social work practice within a framework of understanding the connection between social issues, policy development and strategies for sustainable change at both local and global levels. The unit is underpinned by notions of social justice and human rights and offers a preview of topics that will be studied in greater depth in subsequent units within the course.
At completion of the unit, students should be able to:
Major essay (2,500 words)(60%)
Written assessment of (2,000 words)(40%)
The unit runs for 12 weeks. Students are expected to undertake 156 hours per semester study. Students are expected to use their study time to attend on-campus lectures and workshops, undertake the weekly tasks as set out in the Unit Outline and in the off-campus Unit Guide.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2013 (Day) Caulfield First semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Bernadette Saunders |
This unit introduces students to the history and evolution of the international human rights regime, current debates about human rights locally, nationally and internationally, as well as ethical codes and decision-making processes as they apply to social work practice. The unit provides opportunities for students to explore the foundations of the Australian legal system in a human rights framework and the legal contexts within which social workers practice. The unit addresses concepts of moral philosophy underpinning the AASW Code of Ethics and explores the foundations of ethical decision-making. In line with Monash University's commitment to human rights and social justice, the unit has an overarching human rights approach, within which legal and ethical practice occurs.
At completion of the unit, students will be able to:
The assessment requirement for the Master of Social Work (Qualifying) 6 point subject Human Rights, Law and Ethics Contexts for Social Work Practice is the completion of two assessment tasks:
Report (1,500 words)(40%)
Essay (3,000 words)(60%)
The unit runs for 12 weeks. Students are expected to undertake 156 hours per semester study. Students are expected to use their study time to attend on-campus lectures and workshops, undertake the weekly unit tasks as set out in the Unit Outline and in the off-campus Unit Guide.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2013 (Day) Caulfield First semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Uschi Bay |
This unit covers child, adolescent and adult development with an emphasis on the development of resilience across the life course. A particular focus is on risk and protective factors at individual, family, community and societal levels that impede or enhance development. The unit has three parts:
Upon successful completion of this Unit students will be able to:
Critical reflection on the life-span (1,000 words)
Case study analysis that asks student to apply the theoretical knowledge learned to a typical social work client situation (2,000 words)
A biopyschosocial assessment of a child, adolescent or adult (2,000 words)
Completion of a role play assessment activity (1,000 words)
This subject runs for 12 weeks. A twelve point unit requires twenty four hours per week or 312 hours per semester. On campus students will attend for five hours face to face contact per week that will include three hours of lectures and two hours of tutorials. Off-campus students participate in 20 hours residential workshops, four hours per week on online activities and 18 hours per week on private study. Week 12 will not introduce any new material but provide an opportunity for revision and completion of assignments.
Off-campus students are required to attend a compulsory on-campus workshop for successful completion of this unit, where social work practice skills will be taught.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) Caulfield Full year 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Marija Dragic |
Supervised Professional Practice 1 enables students to operationalise the professional social work role. The unit comprises 70 days (480 hours) of supervised professional practice in the field and 20 hours of skills development and integration of theory and practice in the classroom and in the field. On campus students will attend placement briefings and integration sessions where their placement experiences will be critically reviewed in order to connect with social work knowledge and theory, while off-campus students will work attend skills and integration sessions at compulsory residential workshops. Liaison visits from University staff to the student and supervisor while on placement will also be opportunities to review skills and to facilitate the integration of theory and practice. The successful completion of a total of 1000 hours (clinical placements and skills) in the MSW (Qualifying) will enable graduates to seek social work positions overseas where the completion of 1000 hours of clinical practice placement is often an eligibility requirement.
At successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Successful completion of skills component
Learning agreement completed by the student within 15 days of commencement of the placement
Mid-placement review completed by the student and field educator
Final evaluation report completed by the student and field educator
Written case study
Written critical incident report
70 days placement
20 hours integration
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Melissa Petrakis |
This unit provides an ecological approach to the understanding of contemporary health and mental health concerns that impact on the individuals and families who come to the attention of social work. The subject incorporates weekly direct practice skills seminars to develop key skills for effective social work practice in the health and mental health fields. Social Work interfaces with a range of clients and practice contexts in community health and mental health, in disability, in drug and alcohol settings, in rural and regional settings.
At successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Literature review (2,500 words) (25%)
Briefing Note (2,500 words) (25%)
Essay (4,000 words) (50%)
Students must pass all assessment tasks to successfully complete the unit
Dr Melissa Petrakis and Associate Professor Rosemary Sheehan
The unit runs for 8 weeks. Students are expected to undertake 312 hours per semester study. Students are expected to use their study time to attend on-campus lectures and workshops, undertake the weekly unit tasks as set out in the Unit Outline and in the off-campus Unit Guide.
Off-campus students are required to attend a compulsory on-campus workshop for successful completion of this unit, where social work practice skills will be taught.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Monash Passport category | Research Challenge (Investigate Program) |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2013 (Day) Caulfield First semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Catherine Flynn |
In all fields of contemporary social work, practitioners need the skills to effectively consume, produce and apply research knowledge, to ensure that actions are based on appropriate and critiqued evidence. Research is a powerful intervention tool through which change can be achieved with individuals, groups and communities.
This unit is offered as part of the core requirements of the professional association, the AASW. Social work research is seen to be informed by a clear value base and driven to deliver socially constructive outcomes. The unit will explore research processes, presenting a structured approach to the implementation of a research proposal.
There will be particular emphasis on research in practice: program evaluation, needs analyses and program development; as well as the ethical underpinnings of all research. The overall aim of this unit is to encourage students to become critically reflective, research minded practitioners, who contribute in an ongoing way to the knowledge base of the profession.
1. A review of the available research in a specific field of social work practice (40%)
2. A research proposal in the chosen field, including research significance, aims, methodology, sampling procedures, data collection and analysis and ethical issues (2500 words). (60%)
The unit runs for 12 weeks. On-campus students are expected to undertake 156 hours per semester study. Students are expected to use their study time to attend on-campus lectures and workshops, undertake the weekly unit tasks as set out in the Unit Outline, including readings and to complete two assignment tasks.
Off-campus students are expected to undertake 156 hours per semester study. Students are expected to complete weekly reading and other online tasks such contribution to an online discussion group; and to complete two assignment tasks.
None
None
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Monash Passport category | Research Challenge (Investigate Program) |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2013 (Day) Caulfield First semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Deborah Western |
Group work is a major social work intervention method. In professional practice in the field, social workers are required to practise effective group work interventions in diverse settings, with families, service users, stakeholders, community groups, inter-agency networks, colleagues in the workplace and in policy environments. The unit requires students to work effectively in groups to develop a relationship with a partner organisation and complete a project nominated by the partner organisation.
The unit has a focus on the theory and practice of group work, including the historical development of this social work method, planning and implementing a group work intervention, communication in groups, group leadership and facilitation styles, and managing group dynamics. Students will also learn how to negotiate and navigate a community engagement process with a partner organisation in the field and successfully complete a 'real-world' group project.
The assessment requirement for the Master of Social Work (Qualifying) 6 point unit Critical Social Work 3: Community Engagement Group Project is the completion of two assessment tasks.
1. A structured reflective journal (2500 words) that: (a) critically analyses the group experience, demonstrating knowledge of relevant group work theory and group processes, and (b) provides a critical reflection on the student's own contribution to and learning from the group experience (60%).
2. Contribution to a group project report (2000 words) and presentation to class colleagues. Each student in the group is responsible for a specified component of the project report and group presentation (40%).
Students must pass both assessment tasks to successfully complete the unit.
The unit runs for 12 weeks. Students are expected to undertake 156 hours of study per semester. Students are expected to use their study time to attend on-campus lectures and workshops, undertake the weekly unit tasks as set out in the Unit Outline and in the off-campus Unit Guide (off campus students), which include set readings; and, to complete two assignment tasks: a reflective journal (2500 words) and a contribution to a project report (2000 words).
Mandatory attendance is required by off-campus students for a 2 day workshop which is held at the Caulfield campus in early April of semester one. Dates to be advised at the beginning of semester 1.
None
None
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) Caulfield Full year 2013 (Day) Caulfield Full year 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Marija Dragic |
Supervised Professional Practice 2 enables students to operationalise the professional social work role. In doing so, students are expected to be able to conceptualise, articulate and explain the progress they are making in relation to their development of a professional social work identity. Students will learn to assess and analyse social work situations and plan appropriate intervention strategies across a diverse range of social work methods and settings, from direct practice with individuals and groups, community development, program development, agency administration, policy or research.
Theorizing about social problems, critically analysing interventions and reflecting on how one's 'use of self' impacts on social work relationships are essential components of learning in clinical practice placements. In addition, students are expected to complete a piece of practice research and to develop competencies in line with the AASW's practice standards, while adhering to the AASW Code of Ethics.
The unit comprises 70 days (480 hours) of supervised professional practice in the field and 20 hours of skills development in the classroom and in the field. The successful completion of a total of 1000 hours (clinical placements and skills) in the MSW (Qualifying) will enable graduates to seek social work positions overseas where the completion of 1000 hours of clinical practice placement is often an eligibility requirement.
At successful completion of Supervised Professional Practice 2, students will be able to:
A learning agreement completed by the student within 15 days of commencement of the placement
A mid-placement review completed by the student and field educator
A final evaluation report completed by the student and field educator
A written case study
A written critical incident report
A written research report
Grading in this unit is on a Pass/Fail basis only.
For this unit, 70 days (480 hours) will be spent on placement in agencies and organizations. A further 20 hours will be spent at placement briefings or integration sessions, or in private study. Students are required to complete 6 assessment tasks including two joint reports with field educators.
None
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Philip Mendes |
Students will be introduced to the specific role of social work in social policy analysis and community practice and advocacy. Areas covered will include the meaning and nature of social policy, the key trends and philosophies underlying the positions of the major political parties, the key theories and ideological perspectives in social policy, the link between social policy and the goals and actions of social work, the impact of social structure and social policy on welfare service consumers, the implementation of social policy interventions in everyday social work practice, ideological critiques of the welfare state, the role, strategies and effectiveness of lobby groups in social policy debates, the link between local and global welfare trends, the concepts of community and community work, and the role of community work skills and strategies in social work practice.
1. A critical analysis of a current newspaper or popular journal opinion piece on a social policy topic by a prominent politician, journalist, or public commentator (500 words and 10%) (20%)
2. An analysis of public policy debates in an area of Australian social policy related to their placement field using the social policy literature (2000 words) (assesses objectives 3 and 4) (40%)
3. Written analysis of a practice example from field placement where community work skills were utilized or could have been utilized, with reference to the community work and social change literature (2000 words) (assesses objectives 4-8) (40%)
Students must pass all assessment tasks to successfully complete the unit
The unit runs for 8 weeks for on-campus students and 12 weeks for off-campus students.
On-campus students are expected to undertake 156 hours per semester study. Students are expected to use their study time to attend on-campus lectures and workshops, undertake weekly readings as set out in the Unit Outline, and to complete three assignment tasks. This unit will be taught in a total of 36 hours contact time over 8 weeks following the completion of the second fieldwork placement (SWM5108) for full-time students.
Off-campus students are expected to undertake 156 hours per semester in private study, completing readings and other tasks as outlined on the Blackboard site in the off-campus Unit Guide, and to complete three assignment tasks. Off-campus students are required to attend a compulsory on-campus workshop for successful completion of this unit, where social work practice skills will be taught.
None
None
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Chris Trotter |
Theories and knowledge regarding direct work with clients in a variety of social work settings. The context of casework practice and some alternative methods of working with individuals and groups.
Upon successful completion of this unit students should:
Essay (6000 words): 70%
Topic synopsis (1000 words): 10%
Essay (2000 words): 20%
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Grace Brown |
This unit will introduce students to an understanding of leadership in the human services in Australia as a requirement for social work practice, one that is not always understood or accepted professionally. The human services sector is expanding in the numbers of its component organisations, both governmental and non-governmental, and in the size and complexity of the component parts. Leadership of social change and social justice in the human services is now at a premium, having been given little attention in the past or currently. Little is known of leadership requirements in this sector particularly as contrasted with other service sectors. Students undertaking this unit will be introduced to theories of leadership of humanservice organisations, their programs and policies, and leadership of the new organisational phenomena in this sector, large community service departments, non-governmental consortia, and advocacy organisations. They will also be introduced to other notions of leadership in social work - leadership through research, advocacy and community action.
Subsequently, theories of leadership will be placed against the experiences and views of current social work leaders in this sector, who will be active participants in this unit, so that students gain some understanding of what leadership comprises, what priority actual leaders place on the various aspects of leadership, and what research and theory underpins actual leadership in the policy development, planning and delivery of social services today.
Students will be required to complete two written assignments:
1.A critical analysis of contemporary leadership theories in the light of presentations in the classroom and conveyed online, from social work leaders during the unit (2000 words, 40%). This assessment is formative and summative and relates to objectives 1,2 and 3.
2.An assessment of their own actual and potential contribution to social work leadership, based on critical reflection on practice experience,current data on leadership in a specific field of practice and analysis of relevant literature (2500 words, 60%). This assessment is summative and relates to objectives 4, 5 and 6. Students must pass both assessment tasks in order to complete the unit successfully.
3 hours per week
3 hours per week
None
None
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Chris Trotter |
The major focus of this unit is on effective methods of working with offenders in the community after they have been placed on court orders. It discusses the objectives of correctional programs and what works best for whom in terms of reducing re-offending.
On completion of this unit students should:
Essay (3000 words) 25%
Essay (6000 words) 75%.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Uschi BayAssociate |
Theories and models of policy making, program planning and evaluation for human service programs. Organisation contexts and political implications. Key steps in planning and evaluation. Students participate in a planning or evaluation project for a community agency and negotiate the plan with that agency. Students will also take SWM5150 in semester 2 and finalise the project.
This unit prepares students to plan for the implementation of a planning or evaluation project via learning:
A major report for the community agency (6000 words: 67%); planning and evaluation exercises 3000 words: 33%).
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Uschi Bay |
Practical application of theories and concepts learned in SWM5140. Conduct of the previously negotiated planning or evaluation exercise; design of methodology, data collection and analysis; report for community agency.
This unit builds on SWM5140. It aims to enable students to learn how to carry out a planning or evaluation project and report on it, integrating the material learned in SWM5140.
A major report for the community agency (6000 words: 67%); planning and evaluation exercises 3000 words: 33%).
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Bernadette Saunders |
This unit explores a number of issues related to social work practice that involves children; particularly children whose well-being may be at risk or who have suffered child abuse or neglect. Attention will be drawn to the relationship between the child, the family, the community and the state, with a particular focus on children's perspectives, children's status, and children's rights.
The specific learning objectives for this unit are for students to:
1. An annotated bibliography of an issue related to childhood or children in society - topics will be chosen from areas covered in the unit or in consultation with the unit coordinator. The annotated bibliography will demonstrate knowledge of the local, national and international context (3000 words). (40%)
2. A major assignment (6000 words) (60%).
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2013 (Off-campus) Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Deb Western |
Unit content will be developed between the student and an appointed staff supervisor. One piece of assessment will be developed and completed by the student for this unit. The nature and content of the assessment itself may vary from student to student depending upon their area of interest, the skill area they wish to develop and, in some cases, the requirements of their work organisation. Topics could include small research projects such as evaluations of particular health and welfare programs, pilot studies, literature reviews, or the learning and implementation of particular social work approaches or theories. The research study or project generally takes the form of an academic project or an advanced practicum project. The focus may be on any field in which social workers are employed, dependant on staff availability to supervise.
The objectives of the unit are to enable students to:
Research report, evaluation report, or assignment (9000 words): 100%
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Deborah Western |
At the conclusion of this unit, students will be able to:
industrial relations in this workforce
The unit will cover the nature and characteristics of the social and community services (health and welfare) workforce, industrial relations in this workforce, the different types of organisations in this industrial sector and consequent differences in workforce patterns, theories of human resources management as they relate to the health and welfare workforce and especially to social work staff, administrative control of staff, professional development of staff, support of staff, mediation within and between organisations, professional staff recruitment, supervising professional staff in general and through organisational transitions.
Assignment 1: hurdle requirement of reflective exercises equivalent to 1000 words;
Assignment 2: essay 2000 words (30%)
Assignment 3: essay or presentation 6000 words or equivalent (70%)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Monash Passport category | Research Challenge (Investigate Program) |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Chris Trotter |
Topics include the purpose of research and its place in social work; research ethics including intellectual property issues; research designs including qualitative, quantitative, exploratory and experimental methods; developing research questions and hypotheses; sampling and data analysis including statistical analysis and writing research reports.
Upon successful completion of this unit, candidates should have developed an understanding of:
Students are also required to demonstrate their ability to develop a research proposal.
One or two assignments totalling 9000 words including a research proposal: 100%
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Fiona McDermott |
Current community health concerns and the preoccupations of health policy and services. Frameworks for conceptualising and assessing the health concerns that impact on individuals, families and communities, are analysed and applied to specific health concerns.
At the completion of this unit it is expected that students will have:
Essay (6000 words): 67%
Assignment (3000 words): 33%
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Kerry Brydon |
This unit presents aspects of contemporary social work policy and practice in ageing through a lens of longevity and ongoing change. Aging is conceptualised in dynamic and innovative ways that reflect and encourage changing perceptions, theoretical understandings and possibilities of this transition phase. The impact of dimensions such as gender, class, location, diversity and spirituality on the transition phases of ageing will be explored. The notion of risk will be examined as an underlying tension in social work practice in this field.
On successful completion of this unit students should be able to:
Written assessment (3000 words, 40%)
Major essay (6000 words, 60%)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2013 (Off-campus) Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Rosemary Sheehan |
This unit introduces postgraduate students to the epistemologies of practice in mental health and a critical analysis of contemporary mental health issues. It provides advanced knowledge about the context and consequences of mental illness for individuals, families and the broader community. Social Work interfaces with a range of clients and practice contexts, in community and mental health, in disability, child protection, drug and alcohol and criminal justice systems. The unit provides an ecological approach to understanding and intervention in the mental health field.
By completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Literature review (35%)
Major assignment (65%)
Students in OCDL mode have the unit presented as a unit book which contains weekly seminar readings and exercises and may include an on-line teaching component. This unit runs for 12 weeks. Students are expected to undertake twelve hours per week study in addition to completing weekly unit tasks set readings.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Kerry Brydon |
This unit has been designed for front line supervisors of human service delivery and allied health staff. Although the unit draws on frameworks for social work supervision, from line supervisors with qualification from many disciplines will also benefit from this unit and find it contains material that is directly relevant to their workplace and their discipline. The unit will be attractive to supervisors (or potential supervisors) who wish to develop their skills in a creative and dynamic way.
By the end of the unit students should be able to:
One hurdle requirement (equivalent 2, 000 words), one assessment in any medium equivalent 3, 000 words and one assessment of 5,000 words.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Margaret Alston |
In recent decades significant global changes have impacted on the way people and communities live their lives. This unit provides an international and national focus on emerging threats such as climate change, water and food security and on factors such as globalisation and social movements, and their gendered impacts on people and communities. Research from across the world reveals that impacts vary significantly between women and men and that these impacts will affect the abilities of families and communities to sustain themselves into the future. Our ability to live sustainably will be one of the challenges of the twenty-first century. Because of the significant social impacts of these changes, this unit provides a social work perspective to this new field of practice. Social workers will be critical workers providing the link between people, communities and the policy environment.
This unit examines these major factors and the potential social work response. It draws on frameworks for practice including a human rights and anti-oppressive perspective and examines policy responses and how these are potentially shaped by key stakeholders and leaders to the exclusion of others. Critical concepts are gender, social inclusion, resilience and sustainability. The unit draws out ways for social workers to become critical change agents.
1. An annotated bibliography of an aspect of climate change and social sustainability, demonstrating knowledge of the local, national and international context (3000 words). This task if formative and summative and relates to objectives 1 and 2. (40%)
2. A major essay on social work policy and practice responses to a selected aspect of gender, climate change and social sustainability, including theoretical frameworks and references to relevant social work literature (6000 words). This task is summative and relates to all objectives. (60%).
The unit runs for 13 weeks. For a 12 point unit, off-campus students are expected to spend 24 hours per week completing set tasks outlined in the Unit Guide, undertaking set readings and private research. Online contact such as discussion groups will be initiated by staff.
None
None
None
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Marija Dragic |
The Australian Association of Social Workers states that "The social work profession is committed to the pursuit of social justice, the enhancement of the quality of life and the development of the full potential of each individual, group and community in society. Social workers work at the interface between people and their environments, utilising theories of human behaviour and social systems."
In recent decades, significant changes have impacted on individuals and communities as a consequence of globalization, post-colonial policies, conflict, terrorism and natural disasters. Millions of people around the world continue to be displaced. Some are driven to leave their homelands by poverty or forced migration while others are drawn to perceived opportunities for a better life elsewhere.
This unit asks students to consider how global challenges frame social work practice both internationally and locally. Social work theory, knowledge and skills will be assessed to gauge their relevance to emerging practice issues in this area. The unit encourages students to examine their own cultural and professional identity in the light of contemporary debates and tensions about society and culture, both in Australia and internationally.
The unit will explore the local and international effects of, for example, colonisation, globalisation, forced migration, pandemics, child exploitation and human trafficking. It will ask students to critically evaluate current international and local policy and service responses and develop strategies to advocate for social change. The unit will enhance students' capacity for global and local social work leadership.
At the completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Major essay (4000 words) 40%,
major essay including development of online materials (5000 words) 60%
The unit runs for 12 weeks. For a 12 point unit, off-campus students are expected to spend 4 hours per week completing set tasks outlined in the Unit Guide, undertaking set readings and private research. Online contact such as discussion groups will be initiated by staff.
Students enrolled in the Master of Social Work (Qualifying) - course code 3969 have the following pre-requisites:
SWM5100 Social Work: Leading sustainable change
SWM5101 Human Rights, Ethics and Law Contexts for Social Work Practice
SWM5102 Critical Social Work 1: Individuals and Families - context and practice
SWM5103 Supervised professional practice 1
SWM5104 Critical Social Work 2: Frameworks for Practice in Health and Mental Health
For students enrolled in the Master of Social Work (Coursework) - course code 0019 there are no pre-requisites.